Close X
Step 1: Complete
Moving From: EDIT
Moving To: EDIT
     (888) 635 - 2659
Find Movers In Your Area - Enter Your ZIP Code to Continue
Close X  
State
City
Moving From ZIP CODE Zip Code Help
Moving To
STATE
CITY

Moving Reviews

Bos Moving & Svc 5.0000 Had NO problems at all with this company or the 2 men who moved us!!! They were wonderful!! My sister and my father also used BOS and had a great experience. Would definitely recommend them!!!
Bos Moving & Service Waterford, MI 48328
Had NO problems at all with this company or the 2 men who moved us!!! They were wonderful!! My sister and my father...Read More
Posted by L. Harte on May 12 2014
Gardner Moving 5.0000 Gardner moving was awesome in every way, during our move on 4/18/14. The three gentlemen who moved my son & his family were polite, friendly, considerate, and worked tirelessly all day to move a family of four from South Park to Canonsburg. On a scale of one to ten, I would give them a twelve. I highly recommend them to anyone who wants a positive moving experience. The moving day went smoothly, because we hired the right people. Thank-you Gardner Moving!
Gardner Moving Pittsburgh, PA 15228
Gardner moving was awesome in every way, during our move on 4/18/14. The three gentlemen who moved my son & his f...Read More
Posted by Laura Poleski on Apr 20 2014
North Bay Movers 5.0000 Dear David -

Thank you so much for a great move last Thursday.Tracy and Ramon and Jesse were just great! They were punctual, polite, friendly, cheerful, fast paced, conscientious, and careful! Thanks to them the move went very smoothly and quickly. And well under the estimated cost! Thank you too for your prompt and complete responses to my questions. You have a well run company with super employees - a real plus in today\'s world. Thank you very much to all of you for making an anxious day into an easy one! I would happily recommend your company to anybody contemplating a move. The company\'s reviews sounds wonderful - and for a change they are all true!


224 Mockingbird Circle
Santa Rosa CA 95409
707/963-9052
North Bay Movers Santa Rosa, CA 95404
Dear David - Thank you so much for a great move last Thursday.Tracy and Ramon and Jesse were just great! They ...Read More
Posted by Diane Boyer on Mar 3 2014

Moving Questions & Answers

Q
Why Use a Moving Company When My Friends & I Can Do It Ourselves?
 
What are the advantages of using a moving company if I can do the moving with help from some friends?
A
Many people either can't, or refuse, to move themselves, some have health conditions that will not allow for the physicality of moving while others prefer to watch and direct. We don't mind what category you fall into, we're more than willing to help get the job finished. I've watched many people's friends drop a number of things while eating pizza, drinking beer and helping move; it seems to be the classic American moving experience. But our customers can tell you first hand that it's more fun and safer to have the pizzas and beers while we move all your items, all you have to do is direct. ---- A lot of people are not able to do the moving by themselves due to health issues or others reasons, while others would prefer simply directing the moving. It is not important to us, actually, what you prefer, and in fact we’d rather like that you just tell us which to move where. I have seen friends and helpers of people moving to another residence break items and drop things just because they were eating pizza or something, or maybe drinking beer between hauling trips. It appears to be the common American way. Our previous clients would say that it is more fun drinking beer and eating pizza while the professionals do the moving; you merely tell us what to move and where to move them.
Q
When is it needed to call a moving company?
 
At what time must I call for a moving outfit?
A
In fact, the sooner you will call the moving company, the better it will be for you. Today all moving companies, for their standard type of moving services, need some alternative pickup and delivery dates. It is considered to be a wise idea to provide your moving company with six week notice. Of course, if it is possible to do. In fact, the more time you will give to your moving company, the more likely they will be able to meet all your preferences in delivery schedule. ---- Truth is, the earlier you inform us of the moving date, the better. Moving companies also need some leeway on their schedules for unforeseen but unavoidable glitches. A month and a half of preparation time is considered standard, although longer time is preferable so the company can schedule your moving date and requirements much ahead.
Q
What does it cost to hire movers?
 
How much would it cost me to use movers?
A
It depends on what kind of moving service you are looking for. Long distance moves of course costs more than local moves. ---- It is according to your moving requirements. The farther the delivery, the more it costs because the moving company also spends more on fuel and people services.
Q
When is the best time to move?
 
What is the most appropriate time to change residence?
A
There is no reason to hold your move until the "best time" arrives. Normally, May through September is very busy for the moving industry, so if your relocation coincides with this period, try to book service providers at least a few months in advance. Many individuals prefer to avoid moving during winter months but that will depend on your geographic location. ---- There is actually no ‘best time’; much depends on conditions other than time. Many people do not want to move in winter, but if in your area has no snow or cold in winter, why not? Much moving occur from May to September, so if you want to move in these months, schedule it way ahead of time, preferably several month before moving date.
Q
How do I begin packing for a move?
 
What is the recommended procedure for packing on a move?
A
Packing is one of the most important aspects of your move. It is recommended that you have the proper moving boxes. The ones you can get from supermarkets may be free but they're not nearly as strong or padded. They are more susceptible to causing damage to your valuables in transit. Always remember that the heavier the item, the smaller the box that it should occupy. Buffer and separate fragile objects with sheets, blankets, pillows and towels. Fill in empty spaces to minimize movement during transit. Always mark the boxes containing fragile items. Here's how you can pack like a pro. ---- Packing is a vital factor in moving, and the packing boxes used must be the right ones. While cartons you buy from the supermarket or get free from appliance stores can do the job, they are hardly the appropriate ones, being unpadded or not as strong. They may tear in transit, or cause breakage due to their weak or thin walls. Bear in mind always that heavier objects should be in smaller cartons or boxes for easier portability. Pad or wrap fragile items with your fabric things like towels, sheets and blankets to avoid breakage. Mark the boxes accordingly with ‘fragile’ warnings. Pack tight to minimize items shifting while on the move. Below are some ways to pack your items like professionals.
Q
Why people take moving quotes?
 
Why are moving quotes needed?
A
It is true that the true purpose of taking some moving quote is to inform clients of the estimated costs for their upcoming state to state or local relocation. The matter is not if you are going to relocate locally, or overseas, the moving company should provide its clients with written quotes before you choose to sign any contract with movers. The moving quotes of moving companies should include not only the charges required to be paid in the end of the relocation, but also the time necessary to be spent for the relocation. ---- Quotes are to give prospective customers an idea on how much moving might cost as estimated, whether local or overseas transfer of residence. Moving companies should include in their quotes the total costs --upfront and when completed-- and the time span needed to complete the relocation. Sign moving agreements only when you have firmed up and agreed on the payables.
Q
What happens in the case that I change my moving company or my service provider prior to moving date?
 
What are the likely consequences if I change movers before moving date?
A
In such a case, you need to contact us immediately. If the new moving company or service provider you are using is a registered company (affiliate) in our network, we will make the change and your insurance coverage will be valid as before. If the company is not yet a registered affiliate in our network, we will need some information from you so we can start a process of qualification, and hopefully sign them up. However, if the new company is not qualified or does not wish to participate in our network, we will cancel your insurance and charge a cancellation fee as per the Terms and Conditions. ---- Please inform us immediately. If the new moving company and provider is our network affiliate, we can do the change right away without much modification, including the effectivty of your insurance. If the company and provider are NOT and affiliate, kindly provide us with some information so we can hopefully sign them up to be affiliates. If they do not want to join or not qualified to become our affiliate, we will simply cancel your insurance on payment of the appropriate cancellation fee according to the Terms and Conditions of moving.
Q
How do I begin packing for a move?
 
Any tips in packing?
A
Packing is one of the most important aspects of your move. It is recommended that you have the proper moving boxes. The ones you can get from supermarkets may be free but they're not nearly as strong or padded. They are more susceptible to causing damage to your valuables in transit. Always remember that the heavier the item, the smaller the box that it should occupy. Buffer and separate fragile objects with sheets, blankets, pillows and towels. Fill in empty spaces to minimize movement during transit. Always mark the boxes containing fragile items. Here's how you can pack like a pro. --- Packing is a vital factor in moving, and the packing boxes used must be the right ones. While cartons you buy from the supermarket or get free from appliance stores can do the job, they are hardly the appropriate ones, being unpadded or not as strong. They may tear in transit, or cause item breakage due to their weak or thin walls. Bear in mind always that heavier objects should be in smaller cartons or boxes for easier portability. Pad or wrap fragile items with your fabric things like towels, sheets and blankets to avoid breakage. Mark the boxes accordingly with ‘fragile’ warnings. Pack tight to minimize items shifting while on the move. Below are some ways to pack your items like professionals.
Q
How can we pack furniture?
 
How is packing furniture done?
A
First of all, prepare the furniture that requires disassembly. This task will be the most time consuming. Second, make sure there is nothing on your way such as light fixtures, entrance doors, railings and etc. Don't slide or drag furniture along the floor. Try to find some handtrucks, 4 wheel dollies or furniture glides. Firmly hold the furniture you are moving, make sure it does not slip from your hands. ---- Disassemble knock-down furniture first and ahead of time since they require some time to do. Next, clear the path to outside of obstructions like fixtures, shelves, and other movable objects. Lift the furniture pieces without wheels or use handtrucks, dollies or other means to roll them over the floor to avoid marring the surface. Handle the furniture firmly for better movement control and to prevent them from slipping off.
Q
When is the best time to move?
 
Is there a best time for moving?
A
There is no reason to hold your move until the "best time" arrives. Normally, May through September is very busy for the moving industry, so if your relocation coincides with this period, try to book service providers at least a few months in advance. Many individuals prefer to avoid moving during winter months but that will depend on your geographic location. ---- There is actually no ‘best time’; much depends on conditions other than time. Many people do not want to move in winter, but if in your area has no snow or cold in winter, why not? Much moving occur from May to September, so if you want to move during these months, schedule it way ahead of time, preferably several month before moving date.
Q
When and how do I pay for my move?
 
What are the usual payment procedures or agreements in moving?
A
Payment arrangements are made when you make your reservation. Credit cards, money orders or cashiers' checks are acceptable. Money orders and cashiers' checks are collected when your shipment is delivered; credit cards used for payment are charged during transit. If you plan to use a credit or debit card to pay for your move, you may want to call your bank or credit card company in advance to let them know. Many companies have daily limits and security measures in place to protect their customers. If this is the case, your card may be declined. A simple phone call to your bank or credit card company will allow the charge to go through. ---- Payment agreements vary, but usually you make a partial payment when you sign the contract or complete the reservation. Almost any method is acceptable: cash, credit cards, cashier’s checks and money orders. You pay with money order or cashier’s check when the transfer is completed, and credit or debit cards are charged while moving is in progress. In using credit cards, you might want to inform your bank before the date so your card transaction will be readily accepted. Some banks limit daily transactions and your payment may be denied for security measures. One call may be sufficient to let the bank know.
Q
How much should you tip a mover?
 
What is the usual tip amounts for the moving crew?
A
Five dollars for each mover for a straight forward and easy job. More if they go above and beyond or if they have to climb a lot of stairs. If they are good and were very professional and you enjoy your move. Ask yourself if you were in their place how much would you want for the good job you done...I find this way the easiest way. ---- The standard tip is $5.00 per mover, more if the work is more difficult, say due to climbing numerous stairs or much heavy furniture. Also if you liked the way they worked, or being professional about it. The easiest way is to ask yourself how much you’d like to receive if you were one of the movers. That often settles it.
Q
How much time should I allow before contacting the international moving company?
 
When do I inform the moving company about my moving needs and date?
A
Moving overseas is more complex than moving locally. You should typically plan on contacting your international moving company at least 6 - 8 weeks prior to your move-out day. Your moving company should then present you with a list of things to prepare for prior to the pre-move survey. The pre-move survey presents the moving company with the opportunity to examine what you need to have moved and suggest the best services available to meet your specific needs. ---- One-and-a-half to two months prior to moving date should be enough, but the earlier the better. The company would then send you a pre-moving checklist of things to make ready and a survey to know how best to serve your needs. International moving is more difficult and complicated than local moving.
Q
What can I do to keep costs down during my move?
 
How do I keep my moving expenses to the minimum?
A
If you're engaging professional movers, you should mention your cost concerns during your initial call with a sales person. Similar to airlines or hotels, most moving companies have a sliding scale of prices that reflect supply and demand on a particular day. Generally, the summer months are the busiest. Saturdays and the beginning and end of each month are busy year-round. The less busy times tend to be Monday through Thursday in the middle weeks of the month. If you are flexible with your move date-an overlap between when you need to be out of your old home and are able to get into your new home helps- you're certain to get the best value. Additionally, your sales person can provide advice on other cost-saving measures, including efficient preparation in advance of moving day. ---- Be open with your budget concerns when discussing costs with the moving company salesperson. Like hotels and airlines, moving companies have their ‘busy’ and ‘down’ seasons and times, determined by supply and demand factors. Summer is ‘busy’ season, for instance, and so are all Saturdays and month ends or beginnings. The ‘down’ times are Tuesdays to Thursdays of mid-month weeks, so you can schedule your move off-season and midweek. The salesperson may also suggest measures to save moving costs, such as preparations prior to move date.
Q
How is the cost estimate determined on a local move?
 
How do moving companies compute their moving cost estimates?
A
Most moving companies base their estimates for local moves on an hourly rate, which includes drive time from the moving company to your original home to your destination and back again to the moving company's home base. Some customers are surprised by the extent of the drive time costs, which result from the fact that moving trucks cannot travel as fast as passenger cars on the highway, and are often excluded from non-truck routes, resulting in longer trip mileage and travel time.As in other services, moving companies compute costing based on hourly time, beginning from the moment the truck and crew leaves the company or homebase gate to the estimated time it would be back. Many customers, however, forget that moving company trucks cannot travel as fast as cars or other trucks on the highway, and are often forced to move through secondary routes which further increase travel time and trip duration.
Q
Is labor the only moving cost I will experience?
 
Do moving estimates cover labor costs only?
A
Labor represents the majority of the moving expense. However, you should also budget for packing supplies-boxes, tape, bubble wrap, pads, etc. Generally speaking, moving supplies can run approximately 20% of your labor costs. ---- While labor and manpower services constitute the greatest cost of moving, there is also fuel and truck use, plus the ancillary costs like boxes, cartons, packing tapes, bubble wraps, which can be as high as 20% of estimated labor expenses.
Q
How accurate will the cost estimate for my move be?
 
Will the estimate be the total cost I will pay when moving?
A
Most moving companies' estimates are non-binding. This means the actual cost may vary a little or a lot from the original estimate. The best way to ensure that your move comes in on-target with your estimate is to offer as much information as possible at the time of the estimate. Since costs are projected based on an hourly rate, neglecting to mention an ancillary piece of the move at the time of the estimate does not mean that your move will cost less, but rather that your moving crew will be less prepared to do it. They may show up with fewer movers or trucks or equipment than they would have brought had they known up front what the situation would require, which may in the end escalate costs. Because you're paying by the hour, if the move takes less time than was estimated, your actual bill will be reduced accordingly. ---- Estimates are based largely on the ranges derived from known moving costs as experienced for your area but other factors also influence the actual costs, so the variation between estimate and actual costs may be wide or narrow. Best is to give as much information to the mover as possible so they can project costs as accurately as they can. Incorrect or missing information may cause the moving crew to extend moving time since they will have to improvise. For instance, they might lack personnel or equipment because they did not know some heavy items would be moved, and thus must wait for the additional people or appropriate gear. Since payment is by hourly rate, such extensions will raise the total costs.
Q
What should I do with hazardous items?
 
How do I pack dangerous items for moving?
A
Even professional movers do not move items such as propane tanks, firearms and aerosols. It may be better to dispose of such dangerous items than to try and move them to your new home. Alternatively, you may wish to simply secure them in a safe place on moving day. Additionally, make certain to empty the gas out of any gas-operated items (lawnmower, weed whacker, etc.) prior to moving. ---- As a rule, movers do not accept for moving hazardous items and substances like firearms, propane and aerosols. Better to dispose of them prior to moving, or send them, in the case of firearms, another way. Another option is to store them at a safe place on move date, so you can return for them later. Likewise, make sure to remove of the gas in gas-run machines like the lawn mower, weed whacker, and similar items before moving date.
Q
How will the movers know what items to take and what to leave behind?
 
Does the moving crew know which to move and what not?
A
Keeping the lines of communication open with your moving crew is critical during both the packing and moving process. If you have some items that should stay behind at your old home and some that go to your new home, you must clearly mark which is which. In order to avoid inadvertently leaving something behind or discarding a valuable item, your moving crew will move ALL items in your home, unless instructed otherwise. It is your responsibility to walk through your old home and do a final check for any overlooked items before the moving truck departs for your new home. ---- The moving crew will, as a rule, move all portable items in the house so it is your responsibility to tell them which are to be left behind. Talk to the crew and direct them. It is best to mark which are to remain and which are to go so you don’t get confused on moving day. Likewise, you should go through the house to see if anything was overlooked that should be taken along, before the truck leaves the old residence.
Q
What is the charge for a moving service to move a shipping container?
 
How much will shipping a container cost?
A
Cost of Shipping a Container Costs vary according to destination, size, weight, shipping class, and possibly other factors. ---- The final cost is determined by different factors like points of origin and destination, shipping method and class, size and weight of the container, contents, international destination or domestic, and others like customs duties.
Q
How much do moving companies charge?
 
What is the usual cost of moving using a moving company?
A
It depends on how large is your move: How much stuff do you have to move, how far you go and what services you need. ---- No definite figure. The cost is computed based on distance of travel, objects/items to move, volume of stuff to move, how many people are needed, what gear or equipment must be used and things like them.
Q
How To Select The Right Mover?
 
How do I know I am engaging the right moving company?
A
A reputable, good mover should have an established place of business, license and insurance. It is not wise to use a mover who is new to the business. They may not know what they're doing, or they may be a fly-by-night who were doing business under another name last month and will be doing business yet another name next month, staying one step ahead of the law. You want a mover who has been in business for a while, who knows the business. You should ask your mover to supply you with a few references. A satisfied customer is the best sales tool for a mover. ---- Choose a company that has established itself for a number of years: it has a reputation to protect, knows the business and area, and is licensed and insured. New companies may be fraudulent fly-by-night ones: here today; gone tomorrow. Ask around for references. Those who have moved would know the quality of service of the ones they used.
Q
What Happens If It Rains, Snows Or The Weather Is Bad?
 
What will happen if the move is interrupted y inclement weather?
A
Any professional mover should commit regardless of weather. Unpredictable weather might slow down the job but weather is unavoidable. If your move occurs on a day where the weather is acting up our movers will take precautions to protect floors and carpeting from excess dirt and soil. ---- Inclement weather should not be a reason to cancel, postpone or modify the moving conditions. Our crews make allowances for such weather, and will even do things to protect the items to move, the floor and the carpet from damage, either by the elements or by the working people.
Q
What kind of insurance is available?
 
Will the move be insured and for how much?
A
It is extremely important for anyone on the move to be aware of the policies on lost or damaged property. Find out who is liable for the property. In some cases, if the customer has packed the items themselves, moving companies will not cover damages due to poor packing procedures. For those who have home insurance, a good question to ask moving companies is if they cover and damages incurred during the move, because most companies' standard policies only cover about 60 cents per pound, which is not usually enough to replace damaged items. ---- The standard policies of moving companies stipulate only cover of 60 cents for every pound moved, often insufficient to cover the cost of broken or damaged expensive items. Thus it is vital that you yourself know the policies covering damaged or lost properties: who will be liable, for instance, if the owner did the packing, or the moving company did, though this is additional expense on your part. Ask your prospected moving companies about policies, especially if you have home insurance.
Q
Is storage available?
 
Is it possible to store the items if necessary?
A
For those who have a time gap in between leaving one place and arriving at another, one of the questions to ask moving companies is about storage policies. Most companies have the option for storage, though it can get expensive. Knowing the prices ahead of time can leave time to make other arrangements to help assuage the costs. Moving is a hectic and stressful time for everyone. Preparation is key to helping cut both costs and stress levels. Knowing what questions to ask moving companies can help consumers gain the proper knowledge to make every moving experience as simple as possible. ---- If you must leave your old residence several days before you can move to your new home, you might need to store your items somewhere. Moving companies usually have provisions to store your items though naturally it will cost something. Knowing how much and where beforehand would allow you to find alternatives and lower costs. Moving is stressful and hectic, so you must prepare yourself and ask the moving company about things can reduce the anxieties of moving.
Q
Where can I find the cheapest moving truck rental?
 
What company has the most inexpensive trucks to rent for moving?
A
The first thing to keep in mind is the fuel cost. Most rental trucks get an average of 6 to 10 miles per gallon. If you’re moving 1,600 miles using the current national gas average of $2.95/gallon, you’re looking at a minimum of $472 just for fuel. Plus, if you’re towing a vehicle or driving through the mountains, the fuel economy on a rental truck gets worse. Even the cheapest moving truck rental still has to have fuel to make it anywhere! Other costs associated with driving a rental truck are the actual travel expenses. Sometimes referred to as ‘soft costs’, things like hotel stays, meals while you’re on the move, and road tolls fall into this category. Since the maximum recommended speed for rentals is less than 60 MPH, you may not cover as many miles per day as you could compared to driving in your own vehicle. ---- In computing for probable moving truck rental costs, the first consideration is cost of fuel. Rental trucks usually get 6-10 miles per gallon so to move 1,600 miles at average fuel per gallon cost of $2.95, fuel alone may cost $472. More if the truck, which must travel at 60mph max, is forced to use secondary roads to avoid high-speed highways, or tow another vehicle. Fuel consumption increases. On top of that, ‘soft costs’ like meals on the way, motel rooms, and toll fees are additional expenses.
Q
Is a moving company "licensed?
 
Are moving companies required to be ‘licensed’ to be legitimate?
A
It would be more accurate to say that a moving company is "registered." For example, Mayflower has been issued a certificate of authority by the federal government to move household goods among any of the 50 states. As a motor carrier, Mayflower has maintained a certificate of authority with the US Department of Transportation (DOT) since September 27, 1988.A local moving company ("agency") affiliated with a national van line such as Mayflower may also be registered with the DOT to move interstate shipments within certain geographical areas. ---- ‘Registered’ is the more applicable term. It means being given the authority to move household items. Mayflower has been registered with the federal government to move items within the 50 states since September 27, 1988, via a certificate of authority issued by the US Department of Transportation (DOT). Any affiliated local company –called ‘agency’--- may likewise be registered with DOT to move household items within specified geographic areas in association with a national van company like Mayflower.
Q
How do you determine what my move will cost?
 
How is moving costs determined?
A
Unless you have been given a binding estimate, the exact cost of your move cannot be determined until after your shipment has been loaded on the van and weighed. If additional services are requested or become necessary after loading and weighing, additional charges will be incurred. Basic transportation charges depend on the actual weight of your goods and the distance they will travel. The total cost will include these transportation costs, any charges for Full-Value Coverage or Depreciated Coverage , plus charges for any "accessorial" services (such as packing and unpacking) performed by the Mayflower agent at your request. These charges are based on "tariff" rate schedules. ---- Normally, the total cost of moving is determined only after the van used for moving the household goods have been loaded and weighed, as this will indicate the approximate costs of fuel to be incurred and the route of travel. Added to those will be full-value coverage or depreciated coverage of the goods, accessorial charges on requested services like packing or unpacking which are based on predetermined bracketed rates, or others done by Mayflower or its agents. Any additional services that must be done after loading and weighing will be extra charges.
Q
How and when should I pay?
 
What are the usual payment terms?
A
Tariff provisions require that all charges be paid before your shipment is unloaded at destination (unless prior arrangements have been made for later billing).Payment for your Mayflower shipment can be made by one of the following methods: cash, traveler's check, money order or cashier's check. In addition, the American Express® Card, DiscoverSM Card, Visa® or MasterCard® can be used to pay for interstate moves only, with advance approval required prior to loading (unless other billing arrangements have been made). Personal checks are not accepted. All payment forms apply to both binding and non-binding estimates. If you have received a non-binding estimate and your actual moving costs exceed the estimate, you will be required to pay no more than 110% of the estimated cost at delivery. Should your actual costs exceed the estimate by more than 10%, you will be given 30 days after delivery to pay the amount over 110%. Payment of estimated charges plus 10% does not apply if goods are delivered into storage. If storage at destination (storage-in-transit) is necessary, all transportation charges must be paid at time of delivery of the shipment to the warehouse. You will then be assessed storage charges based on the applicable rates set forth in our tariff. ---- Except when there exists a pre-arranged payment terms, final payment is normally made prior to unloading of the goods at destination. Mayflower accepts payment in cash, cards (American Express® Card, DiscoverSM Card, Visa® or MasterCard®), cashier’s checks, traveler’s checks or money order. No personal checks. These methods are acceptable for final prices of binding as well as for non-binding estimates. If the actual costs exceed the non-binding estimate, only 10% will be added to the estimated costs on delivery. If the excess is more than 10% of the estimate, you can pay the balance above 110% within 30 days. This does not apply, however, to goods delivered to storage where all applicable transportation payables must be settled at destination. You will then be charged with storage fees based on prevailing tariff rates.
Q
Who is a good cheap moving company?
 
Any inexpensive moving outfit you can recommend?
A
Never hire a moving company based only on the lowest price. There are lots of companies that offer moving services for a lesser price. Remember that the cheapest agency isn't necessarily the best one for your move. Experienced Moving companies charge a fair price for a quality and trusted moving service. ---- Many moving companies offer services at lower prices, but that should not be the only consideration when hiring one. Low-charge companies often also deliver low quality service so the least expensive may not be the best for you. Quality moving companies offer fair prices for good quality service based on experience.
Q
What are typical interstate moving costs?
 
What are the standard costs of moving across state lines?
A
First of all "Interstate" means any time when your truck crosses state lines. Even if you started and ended your move in the same ---- ‘Interstate’ simply means you crossed from one state to another, though you moved in only one day.
Q
How much should you tip movers?
 
How much tip do I give the moving crew?
A
The cost for a mover can vary quite a bit. If you use a full-service mover, they will give you an estimate based on the weight of your goods. If you use a self-service mover like Movex, they will sell you a determined amount of space based on your shipment size. A self-service mover will always be significantly less than a full-service mover because you would be responsible for loading and unloading your household goods. If you need to go the full-service route, make sure you get a BINDING estimate so that the mover cannot fudge the numbers and try to charge more than the estimate. ---- Costs vary. Full-service moving compute costs on weight of goods to be moved. Self-service movers like Movex charge less because you do the loading/unloading, so the costs are based only on weight and space the goods occupy in the van. If you must use a full-service mover, get a BINDING estimate so you know how much to pay at destination.
Q
How do you estimate how much a move is going to cost?
 
How is the moving costs estimated?
A
The cost will depend on a variety of options including:•The weight of your goods, •The distance you are traveling, Whether you will be doing all the packing or having professionals pack for you. The time of the move may also have an impact as it is more expensive to move in Summer months. You probably need to contact a reputable moving company to obtain a quote, but there are a few free tools around that you can use to obtain a good estimate of what your move is likely to cost. ----- Factors such as weight of goods, distance to transport them, who does the packing, sometimes what the goods are and its quantity, determine the probable and actual costs of moving. Time would likewise be a substantial factor. Summer moving is a bit more expensive because it is prime season for moving. Free quotes are available from professional moving companies, but there are also free tools you can use to try determine costs on your own. You can compare it with actual quotes later.
Q
When using a moving company how much additional cost is it to tow a car with the moving company?
 
How much do moving companies charge to tow a car behind the van?
A
Most movers will not tow a car, but may put it inside the truck if there's room. The average cost to move a car is between 500.00 - 750.00 dollars. There are many car carriers on-line that can also quote you on shipping your car separately. ---- Generally, movers do not like towing a car; they’d prefer to put it inside the truck or van if possible. Towing a car would cost something between $500.00 and $700.00. However, you can always use a car carrier to transport your car separately from the movers.
Q
How can you find good moving company services?
 
What is the best way to find the right moving company?
A
It is recommended that you consult the AMSA (American Moving & Storage Association), BBB, or local moving association like the CMSA (California Moving & Storage Association) for reputable companies. ---- You may check with the BBB (Better Business Bureau), American Moving and Storage Association (AMSA), your local moving association such as CMSA (California Moving and Storage Association). They will recommend the companies best suited to your specific needs.
Q
What do moving companies charge?
 
How can you find good moving company services?
A
Local moves are charged by the hour; the total amount depends on how many movers you have and how long it takes them to complete the move. Out of state moves are charged by the weight. ---- If the move is local or within the state, charges is computed by the hour. The total is determined by how many people are used and the length of time it took to finish the job. Interstate moves are charged by total weight for transport.
Q
What happens after you load everything onto the moving trucks?
 
When the moving trucks are loaded, what happens after?
A
Well, after you pack up everything into the moving truck, you go to your new house and get everything from the moving truck into the house and unpack everything. ---- As soon as the trucks are loaded and locked, you proceed to your new residence and await the vans there. When they reach you, unloading begins, and payment is given afterwards. Either you or them unpacks the boxes and cartons depending on the contract.
Q
How much it will cost for self storage?
 
What are the usual self-storage costs?
A
Self-storage units come in a wide variety of shapes, sizes, and prices, depending on the locale and for how long the unit is leased (i.e., the length of the contract). The units may be small enough for a few blueprints or some odds-and-ends, or as large as a warehouse. Consult your local self-storage facility for specific information (n.b., many such facilities have websites). ---- Costs depend a great deal on what items and how much of them are to be stored, since storage units are widely varied from those to hold just documents to those as large as, say, warehouses. Better contact your local facility providers for detailed information or visit their websites.
Q
What happens if a refrigerator is transported on its side?
 
Is there any danger of the ref lying on its side during transport?
A
The liquid coolant will pool in "gaseous" lines. Usually if you stand the refrigerator up properly for 24 hours it will go back to working normally. ---- Just that the coolant will fill the tubes they run to when the compressor is working. If you let the refrigerator stand upright for a day or two, it generally will function normally.
Q
What is the average price of moving?
 
Any standard moving costs?
A
There is no such a thing as "average price for a moving". Every home is different and everyone has different requirements. It depends on the size of your household and the distance from point A to point B. ---- Moving costs are computed based on the amount of household items for transport, the distance to transport them, and the number of people needed to do that. So costs necessarily vary depending on individual needs.
Q
How much for a mover??
 
What is the standard rate to rent a mover?
A
The cost for a mover can vary quite a bit. If you use a full-service mover, they will give you an estimate based on the weight of your goods. If you use a self-service mover like Movex, they will sell you a determined amount of space based on your shipment size. A self-service mover will always be significantly less than a full-service mover because you would be responsible for loading and unloading your household goods. If you need to go the full-service route, make sure you get a BINDING estimate so that the mover cannot fudge the numbers and try to charge more than the estimate. ---- No standard rates; rates are based on various factors. Full-service movers estimate costs based on the total weight of the goods to be moved, while self-service movers price their service based on the volume of space needed. You do the loading/unloading on self-service moving so it costs much less. When going with full-service movers, secure a binding estimate so you are sure how much to pay.
Q
Where is the cheapest place to rent a moving truck?
 
Where do I find the most inexpensive moving truck for rent?
A
Never hire a truck from a company only based on the lowest price. Selecting the cheapest moving truck may not always be the best way to go. If you get a moving truck that's pretty old, it could take longer to reach your destination and burn more fuel than expected. A truck in bad repair could break down and that could delay your moving schedule. So it is best renting a truck from a trustworthy moving company. ---- It is not advisable to hire vans and trucks based on cost alone. The vehicles you get may be old or badly maintained that it could break down on the way, require more fuel to run, or otherwise extend your trip one way or another. In the end it may cost you more than save you money. Your best option is to use trucks from a trusted moving firm.
Q
Why people take moving quotes?
 
What is the purpose of moving quotes?
A
It is true that the true purpose of taking some moving quote is to inform clients of the estimated costs for their upcoming state to state or local relocation. The matter is not if you are going to relocate locally, or overseas, the moving company should provide its clients with written quotes before you choose to sign any contract with movers. The moving quotes of moving companies should include not only the charges required to be paid in the end of the relocation, but also the time necessary to be spent for the relocation. ---- Quotes are the estimated costs of moving, whether intra-state, inter-state or overseas relocation. They are not final unless you get a BINDING estimate. Be sure to get a written binding estimate that includes the amount payable at destination and time frame for the relocation.
Q
What kind of free moving quotes are most commonly offered to future clients?
 
Are moving quotes free? If so what are the quotes most often given to prospective clients?
A
You are to be aware that binding moving quotes cannot be changed during the relocation by either party. This actually means that the cost you agreed with moving company is considered to be final and neither you nor your moving company representative is able to alter the contract. Remember that this type of free moving quotes offers the best levels of protection against unexpected or unjust prices increases or hidden cost because the end cost of your relocation is agreed upon ahead of time. In fact a binding quote is almost in the majority preferable to a non-binding type of quotes, except for several notable. It is a really bad idea to gamble with your personal possessions. If the full service moving companies you have contracted is a true professional then they will have no problem giving accurate relocation quotes that they are absolutely happy to stand behind. This type of moving quotes should be preferred to any other type available. ---- Non-binding quotes are usually free, but some companies require a small fee for a binding estimate. Binding estimates are final and may not be modified or altered either up or down during a move and thus are your best protection against unscrupulous overcharging, hidden costs and unjust contract alterations. It is therefore the most preferred quotes since the amounts are agreed prior to moving. Really professional moving companies are happy to stand by their binding estimates.
Q
What is usual across available moving quotes?
 
What are the standard interstate moving costs?
A
It is worth mentioning that in the case you are moving for some far place then you will be forced to pay some considerable taxes at the state and in addition at the local level. Such taxes can hardly be avoided, no matter what mover you end up hiring. Often, such moving taxes are included in the contract. So you are to get details on the contract so that you know if they are calculated. Also, all state to state moving quotes are recommended to include a fuel surcharge. The cost of the charge is state by government, and cannot be changed by any relocation company. So, remember about this factor. ---- If you are moving across state lines you will be required to pay unavoidable additional taxes on top of local taxes that may be applicable. These charges are state laws and cannot be altered by any moving company. However, such taxes and fees that may even incorporate a fuel surcharge are always included in the details of the moving contract so you will not be surprised by the total amount payable at destination.
Q
What is a long distance move?
 
How is long distance move defined?
A
Long distance moving refers to a move from one state to another, or a move of over 100 miles within the same state. This type of move is priced differently from a local move: the cost is based on both the distance to be covered and the official weight of the goods being moved (the moving company will provide an estimate of the latter based on the information you provide).The cost of a long distance moving can also be heavily affected by specific characteristics, including: whether the moving company assists with packing; the time it takes to unload the goods at the destination; construction of the destination (e.g. stairs vs. elevators); the insured value of the property; and storage of the goods for an interim period before delivery. ---- A long-distance move is defined as relocation that crosses state lines or at least 100 miles of travel within the state. Pricing of a long-distance move is based largely on distance and route to travel, and approximate weight of household goods to transport. Other considerations may be if the moving company does, or assists in, the packing of goods, length of time of unloading, conditions of destination venue (stairs, elevators, number of floors, etc.), insurance value and specifications, ancillary expenses like accommodations for the crew during travel and if the goods will be stored while in transit.
Q
What are the typical rates for moving Long Distance?
 
Could you quote standard rates for long-distance moving?
A
Long distance rating is based on the estimated volume of the goods you wish to ship. We work based upon a tariff table of measurements regulated by The Federal Highway Administration which provides the average cubic feet of most common household items. This table is the basic tool used by all companies to calculate the cost of your move, either by volume or by weight. Whether you are moving long distance or locally; we will go the extra mile to make sure your belonging are safe. Since no two moves are exactly the same, we will customize your detailed moving needs so you can budget your move more successfully. ---- Long-distance moving costs depend on the approximate volume of goods to transport and length of time to travel. The volume is based on a standard tariff table provided and regulated by the Federal Highway Administration, which set the average volume measurements for ordinary household items. This able is the set used by all moving companies to estimate their costs, using volume or weight. Whether local or long-distance moving, we ensure safe movement of your goods, and even customize the move according to your needs and requirements to give you the lowest possible costs.
Q
What is a local move? Rates?
 
How a local move defined and what are the usual rates?
A
Local move is a move that takes you within a 100-mile radius and stays within the same state. Few factors determine the cost of a local move. Based on the size and services needed, a local move may take a couple of hours or a couple of days. In helping you select a moving date is where we shine as well. We are able to accommodate work schedules, closing dates and even unexpected illnesses. ---- A local move is defined as an intra-state (within the state) relocation inside a hundred miles in any direction. It may take just a few hours or maybe some days to do, depending on the size of cargo and kind of services required. We can tailor-fit our services to serve your needs and moving dates, making allowances for work days and even sudden illness.
Q
Should moving companies do systems furniture relocations?
 
Should complicated systems furniture better be left to moving companies?
A
Many relocation companies do not receive the specialized training necessary for installing, reconfiguring, coordinating and servicing a wide variety of systems furniture. Movers are trained to pack and transport heavy and sensitive goods to ensure they arrive intact. Installers must be capable of interpreting complex design blueprints and making adjustments to accommodate job-site irregularities or last minute changes. ---- Moving company crews are usually not trained to perform sophisticated disassembly and assembly of systems furniture. They are generally trained only on packing and transporting heavy or fragile goods and ensure they don’t get broken or damaged during transit. Installers of systems furniture need to read complex blueprints and adjust to on-site irregularities or final alterations, capabilities usually beyond regular moving crews.
Q
What is an order for service?
 
Can you define ‘order for service’?
A
An Order for Service is written confirmation of the services you requested to be performed in conjunction with your shipment. The Order for Service will also list the agreed upon dates for the pickup and delivery of your shipment, the valuation protection option you selected, special services and your contact information. The Order for Service also shows the charges you will be assessed for your move. If you are moving under a non-binding estimate, the order for service will indicate the amount of the estimated non-binding charges, the method of payment for the charges and in case the actual charges exceed the non-binding estimate, the maximum amount that you are required to pay at the time of delivery to obtain possession of your shipment (you will have 30 days following delivery to pay the balance of the charges due). If you are moving under a binding estimate, the order for service will show the charges that you will be required to pay at delivery, based on the binding estimate and the terms of payment. You and your mover must sign the order for service. ---- The Order for Service is actually the contract of services, listing the jobs to be performed by the company, dates of pickup and delivery, insurance specifications, the jobs’ corresponding amounts and information how and where to contact you. If the Order of Service is under a non-binding estimate, it should show the estimated total costs and manner of payment agreed upon. If the actual costs exceed the estimates, your additional payment should not be over 10% of the estimate, and you have a month to pay the balance. An OFS in a binding estimate will show the payables at destination per the estimate and terms of payment. Orders for Service are signed by you and the moving company representative just like any contract.
Q
What is a Bill of Lading?
 
How does a Bill of Lading differ from an OfS?
A
The Bill of Lading is the receipt for your goods and the contract with your mover for the transportation of your goods. Your driver is required to provide you with a copy of the bill of lading upon loading your goods. ---- A Bill of Lading is an itemized list or acknowledgment receipt of the goods received for transport by the mover. The crew chief or driver should provide you a signed copy of the bill of lading once the items have been loaded onto the vans.
Q
What is low balling?
 
What about ‘low-balling’?
A
Low balling is basically when a mover gives you a low non binding estimate. They do this to entice you into moving with them. At the end, they may weigh your belongings and increase the price. ---- When a prospective mover gives you an unusually low non-binding estimate just to attract you to hire them, that is ‘low–balling’. Since it is a non-binding estimate, they can and usually will jack the costs up later when you cannot say ‘no’ anymore.
Q
How can I prevent low balling?
 
How then do I avoid low-balling?
A
Binding estimates will prevent the mover from low balling since they have to move you at that price. Also, if you get estimates from 2 or 3 movers you will be able to estimate a price on your own so you will not have to worry about low balling. ---- Get a binding estimate to fix the costs. Likewise, by getting quotes from several movers, you can estimate the true approximate costs and know you are being low-balled.
Q
How long does it take my belongings to get to destination?
 
What is the usual transit timeframe for my goods?
A
Standard service times will be included on your quote. In order to offer such competitive rates, PACK & RIDE does require a three (3) window for pick-up and a three (3) day window for delivery. However, expedited service is available just call for a custom quote. ---- Estimated transit times are normally part of any quote. Pack&Ride, however, normally incorporates a three-day allowance to pick up the goods and a three-day allowance as well to deliver them. A more exact service may be availed of by requesting for a custom quote.
Q
About how much should it cost to move under 1K sq feet of furniture from the Midwest to California?
 
Could you give an estimate how much to move less than 1K sqft of furniture to California from Midwest?
A
The cost of a move depends on the distance traveled, so exact cities would be needed for an accurate quote. Have you considered moving pods, where you pack a portable moving container and the company picks them up and moves them to your location? Typically someone in a 1k sq ft residence might require 3 to 4 portable storage containers (depending on the size of the containers.) Assuming the Midwest means Chicago and California means San Francisco, 3 moving pods would run somewhere around $2600 and if 4 containers were required it would be roughly $3000. ---- The exact points of origin and destination are needed to make a pretty accurate quote. An option is moving pods, portable moving containers you pack yourself and the mover picks up for transport. A 1k sqft residence may need 3-4 moving pods, depending on size. If by Midwest you mean Chicago, and California is San Francisco, using 3 pods may cost just $2600, and 4 would cost about $3000.
Q
How can you move a 10 x 12 storage shed across town?
 
How could a 10x12 storage shed be moved to another side of the town?
A
The only thing I can think of due to its size and weight would be to hire a lumber truck with a crane. Otherwise, you could try to take it apart and rebuild it on the other site. It might be cheaper and easier to leave it behind and build a new one. ---- It can be raised with a crane and transported by a lumber truck. If it can be dismantled and rebuilt at the other location, that is a cheaper alternative. Else, just leave it and build another in the new place.
Q
How much does it cost to ship furniture from Texas to Hawaii?
 
What is probable cost of shipping furniture from Texas to Hawaii?
A
It depends on the weight of the furniture and the type of transport you choose to ship. Usually this route would be shipped first by land (truck) then by train (depending on export location) then by sea and a metal container. You can call any shipping company like Weirkert Relocations or Graebel or Maersk or HapagLloyd container company. There are many shipping companies in Texas. ---- The weight, kind and dimensions of the furniture will determine the cost, as well as the method of shipping. They may be first moved overland (by trucks), then by rail (if available at location or destination), then by sea in a container. You can inquire at any shipping company in Texas, or maybe Weirket Relocations, Hapag Lloyd, Maersk or Graebel Shipping Lines.
Q
How do you pack VHS tapes for moving?
 
How are VHS tapes packed?
A
Pack them on the narrow edge--either side or end. Also, rewinding them is wise. Do not pack them flat. There are special made boxes for electronic items as well as for packing VHS tapes when moving. Using the right box with packing peanuts helps from damage. --- Rewind them and pack them on their ends or sides, never flat. Use boxes specially made for electronic items and VHS tapes. Packing them with packing peanuts will help greatly in obviating damage during transit.
Q
Where can you buy black solid foam packing?
 
Do you have any recommended source of back solid packing foam?
A
Look up Foam Converters. Your ability to get the foam will depend on the quantity you buy or you will pay hundreds of percent over value. There's a global list of foam suppliers at http://www.woodencrates.org/packing-foam/ - The list says 'packing foam' but you can typically get any foam available. ---- Find a source nearest you by visiting http://www.woodencrates.org/packing-foam/ or find ‘Foam Converters’. Depending on the quantity you will buy, you could get it at the right price or double the amount.
Q
How much does a moving company charge for a local move?
 
What is approximate cost of a local move?
A
A local company here charges $50 per hour, plus a one-time $40 fee to cover transportation costs like gas, mileage, etc. In NYC a local move is charge by the hour from $90 to $195 based on the number of men and truck size. Additional charges might be added for packing supplies if the movers also need to pack other than in the free moving blankets. ---- Here it costs around $50/hour plus a $40 charge to cover ancillary and contingency expenses. In New York, it might cost $90 - $190 per hour, according to the number of people in the crew and trucks needed. Extra fees may be charged for packing and additional supplies if moving blankets are insufficient.
Q
How much money should you save before moving out of state?
 
How much do I need to move outstate?
A
You did not say which state you are moving from or going to. I would advise you to save as much money as possible. You will need money for the following: Transportation to your new state, meals, housing, utilities, incidentals, insurance & other miscellaneous & unexpected expenses. For me, it was about $1500 in moving expenses, plus six months of rent (you can get an idea of how much using the internet apartment sites), rental and utility deposits (again online) and a few hundred for food a month. Purchase of clothing, apartment niceties and so on should wait until you land that job. Be sure to keep a running tally of your expenses and be dutiful about reviewing them as you go along to avoid surprises. A good buffer would be around 8 to 10 thousand dollars. --- Since you did not specify which states you are moving from and to, so it is advised to save as much as you can. For moving expenses you will need to pay transport costs, food and accommodations while on the road, house rental for the first months, utilities, insurance, ancillary and contingency expenses. Mine was $1500 for the moving, six months’ rent (try researching online for approximate costs), rental and utilities advance payments and food for a few months. Buy clothes and apartment furnishings only after you receive your salary. Record your expense and review them often so you know where your money went. About 8-10 thousand dollars should suffice depending on your new location.
Q
What is the cheapest way to move to California from Florida?
 
Any advice on how to save expenses moving from California to Florida?
A
The largest cost is going to be moving your belongings across the country. You pay a premium for truck rentals going one way. You can look into shipping items with a freight company. However, even at about $2 a pound, you could buy a new-to-you mattress and box spring at the other end for less. Consider paring down your possessions so that you can easily move into a smaller place--housing is more expensive. Putting your stuff into storage in Florida and dealing with it later is an option. However, I have found that 6 months turns into 2 years real fast and that some things, like clothing and household goods are replaced within that time. If you ship by freight, everything must be boxed, even furniture and they do not guarantee condition when it arrives. If you get a job that will pay to relocate you, that would be the most economical, but I don't know if companies are doing much of that. You will need to bring first and last month's rent with you and money for deposits. If you can rent before you get there, then you will not have hotel or storage fees. ---- The best is to find a job in a company that will pay for your move, though that will be rare indeed. Your greatest expense will be moving your belongings across states, since truck rentals are premium if hired just one way for lack of return freight. So you can inquire from freight shippers about shipping your household goods as regular freight. Still, at $2/lb costs, it might be cheaper to just buy a mattress at your destination. Plus, you must box everything because condition at arrival is not guaranteed. Think of reducing the items to relocate: sell, auction off, donate or discard what you don’t absolutely need or easily replaceable. It will lessen moving expenses and enable you to live in a smaller house or apartment. Florida space is premium for many. You may also consider storage of your goods, but you might end up paying more since time goes rather quickly.
Q
How much does it cost to move to Mexico from the United States?
 
Average costs then to move to Mexico?
A
It is rather hard to tell, at least from the perspective of buying a property there. Namely because I have looked on the internet for quite some time with no luck in getting real estate listings with prices. ---- I have not found any concrete indication since real property listings with prices in Mexico are not prevalent online.
Q
What do I need to move from America to England?
 
Any particular needs in moving from the US to England?
A
You will need brand new appliances or a whole lot of electric plug adapters. I just moved from England to America, so I would know. Everything for electricity runs different from here to there so you will need to do that. A car, it’s easier to get one there but you can drive an American car, just be VERY careful, driving is on the other side of the road then here. Blankets and coats. Winter is quite nippy in some places so in case You want to pay an arm and a leg for the heaters to heat up then, lots of blankets for winter. If you have pets, they will be kept for six months to a year in a vet or pound. So, be warned. They give them lots of shots and get them used to there plus you have to pay for it, and you can’t see them. You will need to bring pants and very little shorts and some sort of weather device, be it rain coat or umbrella. It does drizzle quite a lot, but I liked it, so it was not a problem. Other than that you just need to adapt, and that will be the hardest thing. The sun goes down late in winter, about eight to ten and early in summer, about five to seven. ---- New appliances or new plug adapters, as the countries differ in electricity specifications. Easy to get a car, but if you bring your own, remember the English drive on the left side of the road. Take many blankets and coats, unless you can afford high electric bills. The weather can be nippy in winter. Take fewer shorts but more pants. Also rain coats and umbrellas as it drizzles much there. If you bring pets, they will be quarantined in a pound or a vet kennel for about six months to a year, until they are acclimatized, so to speak. You can’t see them yet you will pay for their keep plus the shots needed.
Q
How can you find good moving company services?
 
What is the best way to find the right moving company?
A
It is recommended that you consult the AMSA (American Moving & Storage Association), BBB, or local moving association like the CMSA (California Moving & Storage Association) for reputable companies. ---- You may check with the BBB (Better Business Bureau), American Moving and Storage Association (AMSA), your local moving association such as CMSA (California Moving and Storage Association). They will recommend the companies best suited to your specific needs.
Q
What is the cost of an international move?
 
Any standard costs for moving internationally?
A
The cost of an international move depends on a number of factors. How much stuff you have to move, where you are going from and to, how much of the packing (if any) you would like to have done for you, the access to your property(s), any special items you have that need etc care etc. ---- As in a long-distance move, the costs depend on the amount of freight to move, points of origin and destination, how packing is required of the movers, conditions at destination point, special requirements and others.
Q
What are the sizes of self storage units?
 
How big are the self-storage units?
A
Storage units come in a wide variety of sizes, with the exact sizes varying between companies. Many companies provide units from 10 square feet lockers up to 400 square foot rooms (self-storage in the UK is generally measured in square feet of floor area), with several sizes in between. ---- Self-storage units vary in size between companies, from 10 sqft lockers to 400 sqft room-sized storage units and many in-between. In the UK storage is measured by floor area.
Q
What is average cost for professional movers?
 
Are there standard costs for professional movers?
A
The average cost of hiring professional movers depends on the amount of possessions you have to be packed which is usually determined by the number of bedrooms. The price would also depend on the distance of your move as well as the type of service you choose. A one-bedroom move within state could cost anywhere between $2000 to $3000. This would work out cheaper if you did all the packing yourself, hired a rental from professional movers and drove to the new destination yourself. Hope that helps to give you an idea. You could also get quotes from online movers which would help you compare quotations and choose the most suitable service for you. It’s easy and there is no obligation. ---- Professional fees for movers depend on the amount of goods to transport, which may be roughly estimated by number of rooms, plus the distance to transport them. A single bedroom worth of goods may cost between $2000 and $3000 for an intra-state local move. It may be reduced if you pack the items yourself, hire a rental truck or van and drive it yourself to your new place. I advise that you get quotes from professional movers to comparison shop prices and select the best suited to your needs. It is easy and you are not bound to pay anything.
Q
Where can you get moving boxes?
 
How best to acquire moving boxes?
A
It depends on what type of moving boxes you want; new, used or free. If you are looking for new moving boxes then you may get them from your local shipping stores or truck rental agencies. The used ones; you may get from your local classifieds, like craigslist and etc. Many people, after they have already moved, sell their used boxes for less than they paid. And finally the free ones. Grocery, computer and furniture stores are great places to look for free boxes. ---- Depends on what boxes you want: new, used or any box. Your local shipping stores or truck rental firms can sell you new boxes. Used boxes are often advertised for sell at lower than acquisition prices at the local newspaper or online classified ads like Craigslist. People who used them want to get at least something back in disposing of them, so they sell boxes at lower costs. And, you can always ask for free cartons and boxes from your local grocery stores, computer shops and furniture stores.
Q
How much would professional movers charge?
 
How much to rent professional movers?
A
Price depends on a number of factors. Number of pounds the load to be moved is, distance traveled, if packing services are desired, insurance, etc. I can recommend a moving company - Atlas Transfer & Storage Co. They are reputable, honest and will give you a free quote. ---- Total price is based on amount of goods to transport, how far to transport them, insurance coverage, packing service needed, other variable factors. You can check with Atlas Transfer and Storage Company. They are reliable, honest and professional.
Q
How to move to a different state?
 
How do I move outside my state?
A
Research the laws of the state you are going to. In almost 100% of cases - NO. Being released on bail, means that you are probably currently charged with some offense, and perhaps awaiting court action. ---- Study and learn the pertinent laws of your destination state. In the great majority of cases it is inadvisable. Released on bail means you are facing some litigation or arraigned of some crime, in which case moving out of state will entail more travelling expenses or breaking some legal regulations.
Q
What does mover mean?
 
What is a mover?
A
"Mover" generally refers to a household goods moving company. These companies provide services to help families relocate to a new home. ----- Its name alone indicates it is a firm or company engaged in helping people relocate residence, through providing means of transport and fulfilling other ancillary requirements.
Q
What are typical interstate moving costs?
 
Any standard costs for moving interstate?
A
First of all "Interstate" means any time when your truck crosses state lines. Even if you started and ended your move in the same state, but crossed a state line on the way - your move is an interstate move. Why is it important to know, is because all interstate moves are regulated by federal authority and therefore the rules, charges and tariffs are different than for Intrastate move ( when your belongings did not cross state lines). ---- ‘Interstate’ means crossing state lines, whether your destination is inside the state of origin or outside. If you crossed to another state, you went ‘interstate’. This is important to know because interstate transport is governed by federal regulations so the tariffs, rules and charges differ from those of ‘intrastate’ or within the same state.
Q
How much does moving companies charge?
 
What are the regular charges for moving?
A
There are many factors involved in determining the cost of moving from one state to another. How far is your move? Whether you would want the full services of a mover (packing, loading and driving) or self service where you pack, load and the movers drive. Another option is renting a moving truck - you pack, you load and you drive to your destination. This works out to be the cheapest. If you need your vehicle to be transported this would be an additional cost, per vehicle. ---- Charges and costs vary, based on distance to transport the goods, if there are additional services like packing, loading or driving performed, or if you will do these yourself. An alternative is just renting the truck and doing the packing, loading and managing the relocation yourself. This is the least expensive option. Transporting the car is another, different cost.
Q
Who is a business mover?
 
How do you define a ‘business mover’?
A
A business mover is most commonly used for office moves. Fax machines, desks, and other common things in an office are better suited to be moved using a business mover. Offices aren’t the only services offered by these type of moving companies. Many business moving companies are capable of moving schools, novelties, animals, and heavy industrial equipment found in many factories. In addition to this, they offer many things that will not be found with a residential mover, such as climate controlled storage, working on fixtures, hazardous material transport, and may even have different types of furniture for sale to outfit your new location. These moves tend to cost a lot more than your standard residential relocation. ----- A business mover is a specialized mover relocating mostly offices, but capable likewise for moving schools, animals, industrial equipment, novelties. They offer facilities not usually given by household movers like climate controlled storage, transporting dangerous/hazardous items and materials, work on fixtures and even sell furniture to furnish the new office. Costs are usually higher than those of ordinary household movers.
Q
How can we pack furniture?
 
How is furniture packed?
A
First of all, prepare the furniture that requires disassembly. This task will be the most time consuming. Second, make sure there is nothing on your way such as light fixtures, entrance doors, railings and etc. Don't slide or drag furniture along the floor. Try to find some handtrucks, 4 wheel dollies or furniture glides. Firmly hold the furniture you are moving, make sure it does not slip from your hands. ----- Disassemble knock-down furniture first since doing this takes some time. Next, clear the path to outside free of lighting fixtures, obstructions and movable objects to facilitate movement. Never drag the furniture across floors. Instead, use handtrucks, dollies or glides. Do not allow the furniture to slip from your hands by holding them firmly.
Q
What is the cheapest company to rent a truck from to move from a state to state?
 
Which company offers the cheapest interstate rates?
A
The cheapest company to rent a truck from to move from state to state would be U-Haul!!!!! Not U-Haul they charge $0.99 per mile. Budgets truck are a little more expensive but they only charge $0.25 per mile. ------- Many people find U-haul very affordable at $0.99 per mile rental, but Budget Trucks offer the same service for $0.25 per mile.
Q
What are the typical moving rates?
 
Are there standard moving rates?
A
The easiest way to get rates on moving and storage is to ask the company. If you’re trying to verify costs, I would research a couple different places and put your estimates together. In some states moving companies are regulated by a tariff that needs to be submitted by the company to the state. This means they have one set rate for their services and cannot raise or lower their prices. ---- The best way to find the rates is to ask the companies for their quotes. You would get the industry standard for your particular move since the quotes should not differ very much. Verify, however, that some states regulate moves via set tariffs so moving companies may not be able to play with their prices much.
Q
What is a reasonable price to pay packers and movers to move the contents of a three bedroom one bath home for an in-town move?
 
How much would be the reasonable amount to move a home of three bedrooms and one bath within the town?
A
Local moves are cheaper compared to long distance moves. To get a better idea of how much a local move will cost, I would suggest you get quotes from several moving companies. A lot of them are give free estimates. -------- In-town moves are a lot less expensive than interstate ones. I suggest you get quotes from several moving companies in town to get a good idea of the costs. The quotes are usually free.
Q
How do you move from one city to another?
 
What are the ways of moving from one town to another?
A
There are 3 main types of moving services.1. Do-It-Yourself - You rent a moving truck and do everything yourself such as packing, loading, driving and unloading.2. Self Moves - The transportation company will drop off the container and will pick it up when it's ready. You do the packing and all the heavy lifting.3. Full service moving company(I think the name says everything) - You just tell them what needs to be done and pay them when they're done. ---- Usually there are three general ways: 1: DIY, where you do everything using a rented truck or trucks; 2: Self-Move, where the company leaves the truck or van and you load it, and the company just drives it to your new home and you pay the rental at destination. 3: Full service moves. The company does everything under your direction. You pay them afterwards.
Q
How much will it cost to rent a pod storage unit and store it in Titusville Florida?
 
What is the probable cost of renting a pod storage unit and keeping it in Titusville, Florida?
A
With PODS, it depends on where you live and whether you'll have them move it anywhere. If so, it depends on how many times and how far they have to move it. ---- Depends on where your location is or whether you have to move the pod from what point of origin to what point of destination, and how many times it should be moved.
Q
How much are professional movers?
 
How much would professional movers charge?
A
It is difficult to say how much professional movers would cost as it all depends on the distance and how much stuff you have that needs to be packed. If you’re moving in-state it can cost anywhere between $2000 to $25,000 depending on the distance and the amount of your belongings. Moving a 4-bedroom house across the country could cost around $20,000 to $25,000. ---- There are no definite figures, as the cost is determined by how far and how much to transport, plus whether you need packing assistance. Move within a state can go anywhere from $2,000 to $25,000. The contents of a 4-bedroom house may cost from $20,000 to $25,000 to move interstate or across the country.
Q
What addresses needs to be change when you move?
 
Who to inform of change of address?
A
USPS ,your company OR school/college ,your bank accounts ,Mobile Service ,Dept. Of Transportation for Vehicle Registration ,Driver's License ,Social Security Office (not sure) ,Insurances. ---- Just about anybody you have your address in, such as the USPS if you ship often, school or college or alumni organization, banks, telephone company, Dept of Transportation for your car registration and driver’s license address, your insurance company and postal office. Maybe the local Social Security Office but not sure on this last.
Q
Can I rent a truck to move from Orlando to Boston?
 
Is it possible to rent a truck if I am moving from Orlando to Boston?
A
Professional movers can provide you with a rental truck to move all your belongings from Orlando to Boston. By packing your stuff and driving it yourself you can save a lot of money. Since you are driving the truck, you may need to have just your car transported to the new location. Professional movers can do that for you. Remember to check whether the mover you choose meets all the license and insurance requirements. You may want to use online movers to give you an idea of how much this would cost or to compare quotes from reliable movers. ---- Yes, it is entirely possible. You can save much if you do the packing, loading, driving and unloading. You can have a car carrier transport your car to your new home separately. But check if your chosen company has all the necessary licenses and insurance covers. Comparison shop several reputable companies to find the best deal.
Q
How much does it cost to move a small apartment from Ohio to California?
 
What is the estimated cost of moving a small apartment to California from Ohio?
A
It depends on many factors including the distance, the weight of all the stuff you're moving, how many people you hire to load the truck, the current cost of fuel, whether or not you hire a company to pack your things, and so on. Get a quote from some Ohio movers to find out. ---- No fixed amount as costs will be based on distance to travel, volume or amount of cargo, number of people in the crew, fuel costs, packing, and other ancillary expenses. Try to query a few Ohio moving companies to get the picture.
Q
What is a reasonable price to pay movers to move the contents of a one bedroom apartment for an in-town move?
 
How much to move around town the contents of a one-bedroom apartment?
A
Moving a one-bedroom apartment with the usual household items could cost anywhere from $2000 to $3000 depending on the distance of your move. This could work out cheaper if you do the packing yourself, and hire a rental moving truck and drive yourself and your belongings to your new destination. ---- Probably from $2000 to $3000, though you can still reduce this by doing the packing, loading/unloading, renting the truck and driving it to your new home.
Q
How do you acclimate cats moving to new house?
 
What are the best ways to acclimatize cats to their new home?
A
House cats have difficulty moving into new houses because they may be unfamiliar with the environment and there may be a lot of unfamiliar scents and smells, noises and objects If your cat is an outdoor cat, it is best to keep them inside for 2-3 weeks so they are familiar with the new house, smells and objects. It is best when you let your cat outside of the new house for the first time to supervise them like you would supervise children, even putting a cat harness/cat lead on them you can assure they will not run away. ---- Cats need some time to familiarize themselves in their new home. An outdoor cat may be kept indoors for a few weeks until he is comfortable with the new environment. Keep cats close by so they are comforted by the familiar smells of you while they adapt. When you take them outdoors the first few times, supervision is needed, even harness or leash, so they will not run away and become feral.
Q
What is the average cost of a moving out of state using a moving company?
 
Any moving company standard or average costs for moving outside the state?
A
Costs differ widely. There are several options: You could do all the packing yourself and just hire movers to load and drive your belongings to the new destination. You could opt for the full service - have movers pack, load and drive. Another option is to rent a moving truck - you do all the packing, loading and driving. This last option works out to be the cheapest. Other factors that would affect the cost are: whether or not you would need your car to be transported - that would cost extra, per vehicle. The cost will also vary depending on the mileage, how far your move is. But since you're looking for a "ballpark" figure, I would say about $10,000+ for a move from say a state like Florida to Connecticut--that's with the full service. ---- Prices vary, determined by many factors. Three options may be offered, though: DIY, where you do the packing and just hire the truck and crew to load/unload your goods; full service, where you just sit back and direct the crew what to do, and last, serve yourself, where you just rent the truck and do everything else. This last is the least costly option. Other considerations include transporting your car, whether you just drive it there or hire a carrier to do that. Costs will be determined by distance, naturally. So ball park figure may be $10,000 plus from Florida, for instance, to Connecticut for a full service move.
Q
Can movers move items into a self storage unit?
 
Would movers accept transporting the goods to a storage unit?
A
Yes. Most movers are fine with moving into a storage unit rather than a house. On the other hand, they probably won't be able to rent the storage unit on your behalf. You should have the unit rented before hiring movers. ---- Certainly. In fact it may be easier due to lack of stairs, rooms and presence of loading equipment like dollies and handtrucks they can use. But they cannot rent the storage unit for you; you choose the unit and hire it before the moving date to ensure a specific destination.
Q
Any company arranging international moving?
 
Any international mover you can recommend?
A
Depends what you are looking for. Do you want to pack yourself? Want everything to be packed? What budget do you have. I have been having an OK experience with Upakweship.com. You do yourself the packing, they come pick it up and ship it, which saves big time on the costs. ---- Depending on your needs, Upakweship.com is okay by me. You pack the vans and they pick it up for shipping. Else, the considerations of packing, your budget, country of destination and others will determine the best company for your needs.
Q
How much should you tip a mover?
 
What are the standard tip for the moving crew?
A
Five dollars for each mover for a straight forward and easy job. More if they go above and beyond or if they have to climb a lot of stairs. If they are good and were very professional and you enjoy your move . Ask your shelf if you was in their place how much would you want for the good job you done...I find this way the easiest way. ---- Five dollars each if everything is easy, add a few more if they did much climbing, were professional and efficient, and you liked them. Best way to know is asking yourself how much tip you’d like if you were them.
Q
How much do moving companies charge to pack boxes?
 
What is the usual fee for companies that do the packing?
A
Packing Services are charged on an hourly basis. Some companies may also charge you for packing supplies and boxes. ---- Packing charges are by the hour. Most times you also supply the packing materials.
Q
How much do moving companies charge?
 
How much are the usual professional fees moving companies receive for their work?
A
It depends on how large is your move: How much stuff do you have to move, how far you go and what services you need. Plus each moving company will charge based on their own Tariff. It could be a lot or it can be a little for the same exact service - shop around, Request onsite estimate. ---- Depends on volume of possessions to move and how far, plus additional services like packing. Companies charge based on their tariff so costs may be high or low for identical service rendered. Better to compare via estimates.
Q
How do you check for a reputable moving company?
 
How do you determine if a company is reputable?
A
The easiest way to confirm a reputable moving company is to check their online reviews. Sites like Epinions, Kudzu, and Yelp! are great places to find out what previous customers have to say about a moving company. Moving Scam is also a popular forum for discussing and researching moving companies, and is known for letting the public know about scam companies. You can also check with the Better Business Bureau, the Department of Transportation, or the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA). ---- Search for reviews on them online in sites such as Kudzu, Epinions, and Yelp! Previous customers rate the service and relate their experiences with the company. Moving Scam also informs the public about scamming companies. Check likewise the Better Business Bureau, the Department of Transportation and the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA).
Q
What type of insurance is included in your quote? What else is available to me?
 
What is the standard insurance coverage and other possible options?
A
Basic coverage is 60 cents per pound but your moving company may offer an upgrade at a reasonable price. You can also work with 3rd party insurance providers to cover the move. ---- Standard coverage is 60 cents per pound of cargo, but upgrades are possible. Ask your moving company or you contract third party insurance providers for more coverage.
Q
What is the best way to move to another state?
 
What are the options in moving to another state?
A
You have a few options for moving out of state: Truck Rental, full service moving or a 'you pack, we drive' service. You may already be familiar with truck rental and full service moving. With a 'you pack, we drive' service, you do the loading and unloading, but the company does the driving. Of course, since I am an employee, I know the most about ABF U-Pack Moving. In a nutshell, ABF delivers a moving trailer or a moving container (ReloCube) to your location. You load. ABF drives it to your new location. You unload. Typically the price is similar to truck rental - but ABF does the driving. You can get more detailed information at upack.com. Whatever route you choose, make sure you do your research and choose a reputable company to move your goods. ---- You may choose any of the three general options: full service, where the moving company does everything; truck rental, where you just rent the truck and do everything else including driving the truck to your destination; or ‘you pack: we drive’ option where you do the packing/unpacking and loading/unloading while the company supplies the truck and drives it to your new residence. As employee of ABF U-Pack Moving, I am familiar with the process. Essentially, the company sends a trailer or container (ReloCube) to your home. You fill it with your goods. ABF comes and drives it to the destination and you unload it. Like truck rental but the company get to drive the truck or van, not you. More information at upack.com. Whatever, do your due diligence: get a reputable company.
Q
How can you change your address?
 
How do I change address?
A
Will you move that's how you change your address ... If you want your old mail to come to your new address then you will have to fill out a change of address from with the post office ... ---- If you move out you change address. But to make your mail go to your new address, a change of address form should be filled out at the post office
Q
Who is best at moving house in the world?
 
What is the world’s best moving company?
A
Wheaton World Wide Moving was founded in 1945 and has earned the Good Housekeeping Seal for interstate moving every year since 1964. Contact your Wheaton agent nearest you to set up a FREE in-home estimate. ---- Wheaton World Wide Moving. Began in 1945, earned the Good Housekeeping Seal each year beginning 1964 for interstate relocations. Talk to a Wheaton Agent for FREE estimates.
Q
Can a mover charge an hourly rate to move from one state to another?
 
Could the interstate moving costs be computed by the hour?
A
They can set up any rate structure they wish. I believe most of them do it with a combination of weight and mileage, but there are those that will run an hourly rate for the travel time. Read the contract carefully. And insurance can be your friend! ---- They can base the payments on anything they want, as long as they adhere to federal tariff rules, so most use weight, volume and distance to set costs. But some charge by the hour, so best to scrutinize the contract and make sure of the insurance cover.
Q
What are some moving and storage options for moving out of state?
 
Are there alternatives for out-of-state moving and storage?
A
Having you considering a portable moving and storage company? We just used one for a local move here in Seattle but many of the larger companies offer out of state services as well. I was a bit skeptical of using a 'moving pod' at first but I have to say it was SO much easier than self storage and cheaper than hiring a moving company. Nor would you have to rent a truck and pay for gas, big expenses these days! ---- Portable moving and storage can be cheaper option. We tried it here in a local move but there are companies that offer services for interstate moving. I initially doubted the wisdom of using ‘moving pods’ but found it was much simpler than even self-storage and less costly than hiring a full crew. Plus you don’t rent a truck and buy gas so it less of a hassle, really.
Q
How much does a shipping container house cost?
 
What is the average cost of shipping a container house?
A
That’s a bit like asking how long a piece of string is. The real cost of any home - built using any method is determined by 1, the size of the home , 2, the level of fit out - fixings and finishing 3, the cost of labor in your area The use of containers as a substitute for traditional home construction techniques has the potential to be both cheaper equal to or more expensive based on these criteria. ---- It would be about the same as shipping a container to the same destination.
Q
What is the average cost of moving in state using a moving company?
 
Do you have a standard estimate in moving within the state using a mover company?
A
There is no such a thing as "average cost of moving". Every household is different, that means every move is different. Local moves within a state charged by hourly rates, the total amount is calculated based on the number of movers and hours worked. This is different from the weight based system used for out of state moves. ---- None, but you can probably compute for it by multiplying the local rate per hour of labor by the number of people to do the work and length of time to finish the work. Local moves are counted by the hour, unlike interstate moves which is charged by weight and distance.
Q
In general how much do a moving company charge per hour for a local move?
 
How much is the rate per hour?
A
Local moving rates may vary from $50/hr to 100/hr for 2 movers and a truck, each additional mover is another $30-50/hr. Visit www.moverscorp.com , enter your zip and moving day and you'll be able to compare local moving companies and their rates ---- Per hour rates may be $50/hour to $100/hour for 2 moving crew and the truck. Each additional mover crew would be $50/hr. Visit www.moverscorp.com to know the local rates of moving companies.
Q
Do you have to clean your carpet when you move out after living there for three years?
 
Is cleaning the carpet mandatory before leaving a house you have occupied for 3 years?
A
If you want to get your cleaning deposit back, clean everything thoroughly, including the carpet, and make sure the landlord knows so he or she can inspect it. ---- If your lease contract says so, you can probably claim the cleaning deposit if you clean up before leaving, and letting the supervisor or landlord know about it.
Q
How much longer does it take to drive a loaded moving truck versus a loaded car?
 
About how much slower does a moving truck travel than a loaded car?
A
Well... it depends on how fast you drive. Unless you have experience driving moving trucks, you'll probably drive slower than usual, because you'll feel less comfortable, you'll want to allow more distance between you and the other traffic, and you'll accelerate more slowly. Still, say your move is 200 miles of mainly rural freeway driving. In a car you might average 70 mph and be able to make the trip in three hours; in a loaded truck you might average 60 and need to allow more like three and a half hours. That's not allowing time to take breaks -- I always take more when driving a truck so that I stay that much more alert. ---- You drive a car you are familiar with faster even if it is loaded than a truck you are not accustomed to, so generally it depends on how fast you drive your car. When driving an unfamiliar truck you tend to be more careful, slowly for reaction time, greater distance between vehicles for safety, and accelerate rather slowly. You might drive 70 mph with a loaded car, and 60mph with a moving truck, so the latter will take longer. Plus you might need more breaks because of longer travel time and driving a truck is more tiring than driving a car.
Q
How much should you charge to move furniture?
 
What is the usual charge for moving furniture?2
A
I charged $25/hr to move an entire house across the street. I was supposed to have help but I ended up doing it alone. ---- One time I moved across the street a whole house’s contents for $25/hour. Should have had help but they did not come.
Q
How much do furniture trucks weigh?
 
What is the average weight of a furniture truck?
A
Depends on what type of truck it is. It could be a single axle truck, a tandem axle truck, a tractor-trailer. You'd have to narrow your question down a bit. Tare (empty) weights will be affected by make and model of the vehicle, frame length, construction of the body, etc. ---- Truck weights depend largely on their size so a single-axle truck will weigh much less than a tandem-axle or a tractor-trailer. Also, various makes and models weigh differently. You have to specify the truck to know its weight.
Q
What do you pack things in when you move?
 
What are the things you pack items in for moving?
A
For most items, use sturdy cardboard boxes that are designed for moving, as some boxes may not be designed to hold much weight. Use Bubble Wrap, newspaper, or even extra towels to cushion fragile items. Dishes can be packed in a dish pack box, which is specially designed to protect china and glassware. Clothing can be packed into a wardrobe box, which feature a bar for hanging clothes instead of getting hangers tangled up in a regular box. Mattresses should be placed in a mattress bag to protect from dust and smudges during your move, and furniture should be wrapped and covered using furniture pads to protect against damage. For electronics, try packing them in their original box if available--if not, you could check with a local electronics store for an extra. Use plastic storage bags to hold the cables and wires for disconnected electronics, and also for the screws and hardware from disassembled furniture. You can then tape the bag to the item to make for quicker and easier re-assembly. ---- Cardboard boxes made for moving are the best, since ordinary cardboard cartons may be too thin or weak to hold weight. Bubble wraps, towels, bed sheets, newspaper and other items may be used to cushion easily-damaged or fragile items or fill up empty portions of the box to prevent items from moving inside. Put dishes in dish pack boxes which are designed to protect glassware and china. Pack clothing in wardrobe boxes to avoid tangling in an ordinary box. Put mattresses in bags so they don’t get smudged or dusty, furniture wrapped and covered with pads to prevent damage and scratches in transit. Pack electronic devices in their original cartons or packing. Ask from your local store for extra packaging. Put the wires and connectors in plastic bags and pace them inside the boxes or taped to the boxes for easily unpacking and assembly. Do the same for the bolts and screws of knocked-down furniture.
Q
What are the best packers and movers in India?
 
Who are your recommended packing and moving companies in India?
A
I charged $25/hr to move an entire house across the street. I was supposed to have help but I ended up doing it alone. ---- One time I moved across the street a whole house’s contents for $25/hour. Should have had help but they did not come.
Q
What does it cost to move from Minnesota to Florida?
 
How much to move to Florida from Minnesota?
A
Your move costs will depend on the cities you're moving to/from, as well as the amount of items you have, and the date you choose to move. A reputable moving company should be able to provide a quick quote online or over the phone. ---- The total cost are determined by your points of original and destination, how much goods need to transport, and date or time of moving. A professional moving company can give you a good estimate quickly, online or by phone.
Q
Where is the safety switch on a Briggs and Stratton riding mower?
 
Where can I find the safety switch of a Briggs & Stratton riding mower?
A
Most riding mowers have three or four safety switches. One for the seat, one for the clutch/brake pedal and one for the deck height lever. If the mower has a deck engaging lever there is one for that too. ----- There might be one safety switch each for the seat, clutch/brake pedal and for the deck height. Plus one for the engaging lever if there is that feature in the mower.
Q
When using a moving company how much additional cost is it to tow a car with the moving company?
 
How much does a moving company charge for towing a car?
A
Most movers will not tow a car, but may put it inside the truck if there's room. The average cost to move a car is between 500.00 - 750.00 dollars. There are many car carriers on-line that can also quote you on shipping your car separately. ---- Movers prefer not to tow cars and put it in the truck if space allows. Instead, car carriers are mostly used, for 500 to 700 dollars depending on the origin and destination.
Q
How do you estimate how much a move is going to cost?
 
What is the usual method of determining how much a move would cost?
A
The cost will depend on a variety of options including: The weight of your goods, The distance you are traveling, Whether you will be doing all the packing or having professionals pack for you. The time of the move may also have an impact as it is more expensive to move in Summer months. You probably need to contact a reputable moving company to obtain a quote, but there are a few free tools around that you can use to obtain a good estimate of what your move is likely to cost. ---- The cost of moving is usually based on the weight of the goods for transport, distance to travel, additional services rendered by the company such as packing and loading/unloading, storage fees if applicable, and toll fees, accommodation and meal expenses, and a few minor ones. Moving is also a bit more expensive during the summer months as summer is busy time for movers. A professional moving company can give you more exact estimates, although there may be some tools you can use for free. Check online.
Q
What are moving pods?
 
How does a container differ from a ‘moving pod’?
A
You have a total of 100 sq ft of storage space in the two storage units (2 x 50 sq ft). A 3.5T luton van will generally take about 85 sq ft, or if you take a 7.5T box truck, these will often have a 20 x 8ft box on the back, therefore 160 sq ft. If your storage units are packed in tight, you'll need the 7.5T truck. ---- Probably a 7.5-tonner truck, which can take a 20x8ft box or 160 sqft. A 3.5-ton truck can take only 85 sqft but you have 100 sqft in your two 5x10 storage units.
Q
What are typical interstate moving costs?
 
What are the usual items charged by companies for moving interstate?
A
First of all "Interstate" means any time when your truck crosses state lines. Even if you started and ended your move in the same state, but crossed a state line on the way - your move is an interstate move. Why is it important to know, is because all interstate moves are regulated by federal authority and therefore the rules, charges and tariffs are different than for Intrastate move ( when your belongings did not cross state lines). If the question is about long distance move that cannot be done within 8 hrs driving distance, then your typical costs, besides the usual packing costs are as follows: Loading Transportation Unloading Tolls Fuel surcharges Volume charges Weight charges Shuttle service charges Waiting charges Redelivery charges Packing Service Unpacking service charges Stairs charges Long Carry charges Storage in transit charges etc. If the distance is short and the whole move can be completed in a day, you will be most probably charged by the hour plus tolls and travel time back. If it is more than that you might be charged by Volume (per Cubic foot) or by weight ( per Pound).These charges usually includes loading, transportation, unloading and tolls, fuel surcharge can be added, depending on the company. Each moving company has different tariffs they use. make sure to check with them before you hire. Be specific: do not just ask if they have "Hidden charges”. Ask if the charge for packing - How much, if they charge for packing supplies, ( yes "packing " and "Packing materials" is not the same thing). Ask if they have fuel surcharge, storage in transit charge, shuttle service charge, waiting charge, long carry charge etc. ---- ‘Interstate’ means you cross state lines, even if your destination is in the same state as the point of origin. The charges levied are regulated by rules and tariffs imposed by the federal government, and are different from those for local moves. If the move cannot be completed within eight hours, the itemized charges may include fees and payables for: Loading and Unloading Transport costs/Use of van/truck/s Toll fees along the route Fuel costs and/or surcharges Volume charges Weight charges Shuttle service charges Waiting charges Redelivery charges Packing and Unpacking Service Stairs charges Long Carry charges Storage in transit charges etc.
Q
How much should you tip movers?
 
How much is the usual tip for the moving crew?
A
Everyone deserves to be acknowledged for doing a good job. Moreover, everyone seems to expect a tip for doing their job these days. Movers are no exception. Tipping the moving company, and how much to tip, is always a tough decision. If you decide to tip your movers you need to follow Moving Etiquettes. ---- It appears tipping is mandatory nowadays, just for doing a job. Best to refer to Moving Etiquettes on tipping the company crew and what amounts.
Q
What is the cost of shipping a car from Dallas Texas to Modesto California?
 
How much to ship a car from Dallas, Texas to Modesto, California?
A
First things to determine is your car type and time to ship it, different car type will have different cost and different time as well. Generally shipping car from Texas to California is average $ 600 - This cost run for a sedan type car. And remember, additional cost will be involving in some condition, such as : 1. Companies terminal distance from your area - If you do not live near a terminal, car shipping companies can transport the car to the nearest shipping terminal for a fee. Shipping insurance runs about 1.5 percent to 2.5 percent of the estimated value of the vehicle, some companies can run higher. 3. Classic and exotic car has additional cost 4. Using enclosed container charges more , Last thing to consider is choosing a car shipping companies to deal with, make a wise decision and doing some research before to compare shipping prices on internet. Most of car shipping companies have their official website. You can take a look at link below for example of car shipping companies in US. ---- The cost is usually around $600 for an ordinary sedan type car; more expensive, classic and exotic cars cost more. The additional payables would include: transporting your car from point of origin to the carrier terminal; insurance, from 1.5% to 2.5% of the car’s estimated value (some companies charge more); whether using a closed container or not. Be sure to do some research about the company you plan to use and comparison shop the prices. Check the link below for a list of US car shipping companies.
Q
Who is a good cheap moving company?
 
Can you recommend an inexpensive but good moving company?
A
Never hire a moving company based only on the lowest price. There are lots of companies that offer moving services for a lesser price. Remember that the cheapest agency isn't necessarily the best one for your move. Experienced Moving companies charge a fair price for a quality and trusted moving service. ---- Price is not a good basis for hiring a moving company; reliability is. Many companies offer lesser prices, but may not be the best for you. Reputable companies render quality service for a fair price.
Q
How much would it cost to move less than 10 miles?
 
If the move is less than 10 miles, how much would a moving company charge?
A
It depends on many factors including the weight of the things you are moving, who is packing the items, the date of the move, and many more things. You should contact a moving company and get a quote. ---- Several factors influence a moving price such as amount and weight of goods to transfer, who packs the items, moving date and others. Better contact a moving company for an estimate.
Q
How much for self storage?
 
What is the approximate cost of self –storage?
A
Self-storage units come in a wide variety of shapes, sizes, and prices, depending on the locale and for how long the unit is leased (i.e., the length of the contract). The units may be small enough for a few blueprints or some odds-and-ends, or as large as a warehouse. Consult your local self-storage facility for specific information (n.b., many such facilities have websites). --- Self-storage units vary in size depending on what you need and which company you talk to. Some units are sufficient for a few documents and knick-knacks; others can be as large as a warehouse. The costs are correspondingly different: larger ones cost more. The longer you use it, the more you pay. Contact the companies: check your yellow pages for some near you or research them online.
Q
What happens if a refrigerator is transported on its side?
 
Is transporting a ref on its side terminally damaging?
A
The liquid coolant will pool in "gaseous" lines. Usually if you stand the refrigerator up properly for 24 hours it will go back to working normally. ---- Probably not: the refrigerant will just go ‘up’ the lines it should go when being compressed. Standing it upright for a day or two should get it back to normal functioning.
Q
How much does it cost to move from Maryland to Alaska?
 
How much is the moving costs from Maryland to Alaska?
A
Your moving costs will depend on the cities you're moving to/from, along with the size of your home and the amount if items you're moving. U-Pack Moving is a simple, affordable self-move option for moving to Alaska--you pack and load, and a professional driver transports your items cross country. ---- It depends on the city of origin to that of the destination, the size of your ‘freight’ and home. U-Pack moving gets you there much cheaper and easier: pack and load and the company drives your load to your new residence.
Q
What is the regulations for Shipping car to the US?
 
What is the usual charges to ship a car to the US?
A
Really, the only regulation is a 100% duty that will be charged on the sale price of the car. So if you paid $8,000 on the car, expect to pay another $8,000 to get it into the country. ----- You will be charged 100% duty on the car. So if your car cost you $8,000, you pay that sum when it enters the US.
Q
What are self storage rates in Houston?
 
How about the rates of self-storage in Boston?
A
Houston self storage rates vary. Some companies will charge more for amenities such as high-tech security and climate controlled storage, which protect furniture and other belongings from theft and extreme temperatures, respectively. Proguard Self Storage offers a Space Calculator on www.ProguardStorage.com to help a customer determine the size of the storage unit he will require and how much it will cost. ---- It varies with the company and the services you contract for. High-tech security and humidity controlled storage naturally cost more, but your furniture and other items do not get damaged from extreme variations in temperature and humidity. Proguard Self-Storage (www.ProguardStorage) can help you calculate what you might need and how much your self-storage would cost.
Q
How much will it cost to move a car across country?
 
Any figure in moving a car across the US?
A
You didn't provide much information, I'll just give you a bulk number. You're looking at around 700-1800; depends on a distance, type of vehicle(SUVs are more expensive) and type of carrier(enclosed or open). ---- It may range from $700 to $1,800, depending on the type of car (bigger ones like SUVs cost more), distance of transport, and type of carrier (open or closed) to use.
Q
How should I pay and what are the payment methods?
 
What are the payment practices in moving?
A
Tariff provisions require that all charges be paid before your shipment is unloaded at destination. Payments can be made using cash, certified check or money order. Other payment options such as a credit card can be arranged with your professional moving service provider. Discuss these options with the relocation consultant and/or the customer service representative assigned to your shipment. In the event that your employer is paying for the move, the employer may pre-arrange to be billed via invoice. Whatever works for you is great. Just be sure to have this all worked out prior to packing and loading. If the method of payment is not established prior to load day, it can cause you problems on delivery day. ----- Usually you pay before your goods are unloaded at destination. Payment may be in the forms of cash, money order, cashier’s checks or via credit card, as option. Personal checks are not accepted unless you are personally known to the moving company. Firm the details up with the company representative prior to moving out. If it is in the account of your employer, your employer may be billed by invoice. Whatever you agree with the moving company is good, but just be sure to work things out before loading date to avoid problems at destination.
Q
What is an Inventory?
 
What is ‘Inventory’?
A
The driver will usually inventory your shipment as he or she loads it (but it's not required by law). When completed, the inventory provides a detailed, descriptive listing of your household goods and the condition of each item when received by the mover. Be sure that everything listed on the inventory is correct. This is not always the easiest task, as you will find things written on the inventory like PBO, which means packed by owner. The contents of this carton can't and won't be listed because the driver is not able to see inside each and every box. You will also find CP on a line item in the inventory. This means Carrier Packed container. These are two important listings. ----- ‘Inventory’ is the itemized and descriptive list of goods and their condition as loaded and received by the moving company crew chief or driver. Check to verify the list is correct. Notations like PBO (packed by owner) and CP (carrier packed) may be written for boxes. Those of the first will not list any item since the driver did not see it packed and is not sure about its contents.
Q
Can I pack and move my plants?
 
Is it possible to also take my plants along in the move?2
A
Most moving companies will not take your plants. The stress and heat of being inside of the moving trailer usually causes them to die. Many states do not allow the entry of plants while other states will admit plants under certain conditions. There are some states that have no regulations at all. Be sure to understand your state's regulations prior to moving the plants in your own vehicle. ---- Most moving companies do not take plants, as they are most likely to die along the way because of the heat and stress during transit. Many states likewise simply do not allow plants into the state, though others may conditionally do. But there are states that do not regulate entry. Check your destination state’s laws and policies before move date.
Q
What should I do with my jewelry and other valuable items?
 
What must I do to move my jewelry or other valuables?
A
Items of extraordinary value such as jewelry, money, antiques and stamp collections can be included in your shipment, provided that you notify your local moving representative of these items before packing and moving day. It is strongly recommended that you carry irreplaceable and expensive articles with you or make other arrangements for their transport. In the moving industry, items worth more than $100 per pound are considered to be articles of "extraordinary" value. To be assured that a claim involving these articles is not limited to minimal liability, complete and sign your mover's version of a high value inventory form. Also be sure to sign the "Extraordinary (Unusual) Value Article Declaration" box on the Bill of Lading. Each mover has a slightly different procedure to follow as it relates to high value items. Ask your relocation consultant to provide you with an explanation of their process. This is a confusing but important task, so make sure that you clearly understand the rules prior to load day. ---- Valuable, rare and irreplaceable items may be included in the shipment provided the company knows of its inclusion before moving day, although it is advised that you take them with you yourself. Items worth above $100 a pound is classified as ‘items of extraordinary value’. To be able to claim insurance above the standard liability, be sure to fill up the company’s high value inventory form. Different companies have different versions. Sign likewise the ‘Extraordinary (Unusual) Value Article Declaration’ box in the bill of lading. Check with your consultant or company representative about these matters, which, though rather complicated, are very important. Be sure you understand the provisions before you load up on moving day.
Q
How do I prepare my appliances for moving?
 
What is the best way to pack appliances for moving?
A
Appliances such as washers, dryers and refrigerators must be disconnected, and the washer must have a stabilizer installed. Again, your estimator can help you understand how to these items are serviced. All local moving companies have business relationships with local service providers that handle this type of service. Be sure you know who your mover will be using as you will need to let these people into your home to provide the service. ----- Your estimator can send for people to service the appliances for moving, since moving companies are often affiliated with appliance service shops. Know them to let them into your house as needed. All appliances must be disconnected and emptied of extra elements like water and such in the compartments.
Q
How will I know when my shipment is going to be delivered?
 
Will I know when my goods is about to be delivered?
A
Your driver will contact you 24 hours prior to delivery. The moving company will assign a customer service representative as your primary contact and they will be able to provide you with an update as to the date your goods will arrive. Be certain to provide the driver with all your contact information. The phone number at the new home is only good if there is a person there to take the call. If you can be reached at work, a hotel or temporary residence or by email let the driver know. If you will be impossible to reach, make arrangements with a friend or family member to serve as the liaison between you and the driver and provide the driver with that contact information. ---- The driver or crew chief will check with you a day before delivery and a company representative will be your main contact for updates. Be sure to give both numbers they can call, be it the new house, hotel or anywhere you may stay for the duration of the transfer. Or, find someone who can liaise between you and the company representative or driver should you be out of touch for a while.
Q
Where should you start when moving out and getting your first apartment?
 
How should I go about moving out and finding my first apartment?
A
Firstly, you should decide how much you can spend on rent without compromising your meals and utilities. Make a mock list of ALL of your expenses, I find it helpful to overestimate just a little. That way you either can handle the unexpected expenses that often come up or you can treat yourself to something nice every once in a while. After you figure that out, go to sites like apartments.com and rent.com and find the names of places (for free) that you could live in comfortably. Don't be too ambitious/unrealistic, everybody has to start somewhere! Then you can go to the website apartmentratings.com(?) I can't remember the exact name, so Google it. That website is great!!!! Current and former tenants weigh in and/or gripe about their rental experience. Opinions often vary, but the truth is always somewhere in between! Then, you can go to Microsoft Terra Imagery and check out the demographics. You get aerial mapping of the area and you can find out who typically resides there (they categorize), crime rate, percentage of high school grads, average incomes,....etc. ----- First, find out how much you can afford as rent without lessening those on meals and utilities. List your regular expenses, the figures a bit more than average, to allow for unforeseen needs or save something. Then visit rent.com and apartments.com to find the places you can be comfortable living in. After that, visit apartmentratings.com or something like that for reviews on specific apartments, positive and negative, posted by former tenants. Then you can go to Microsoft Terra Imagery and study the demographics of the area, aerial maps, and residency profile. It can tell you a lot to help you decide where to live.
Q
When should I call a moving company?
 
What is the preferable number of days to inform the moving company of the moving date?
A
The earlier, the better. Although the actual van assignment may not be made until a few days before your move, it's wise to give your moving company from four to six week's notice, if possible. The more lead time you can give, the more likely we will be able to meet your preferred delivery schedule. All moving companies, for their standard type of service, require alternate pickup and delivery dates. We'll do our best, of course, to comply with the dates you prefer or the nearest possible alternatives. You will be notified in advance of the loading date for your goods and of the estimated date of arrival. If your pickup and delivery dates are critical due to such factors as a lease expiration or a real estate closing, you may choose an extra-cost service which will enable us to accommodate a more precise, reasonable schedule. You should discuss your specific pickup and delivery requirements with your Mayflower agent, who can advise you regarding the types and costs of services available. ---- A month or 6 weeks would be sufficient; but the earlier, the better. More lead time, more chances you would move on the desired date, since moving companies need alternate dates of pickup and delivery. We endeavor, naturally, to get you moved as near your preferred dates if not on the date, ns you will be informed ahead of time dates of moving and arrival. If the dates are fixed due to certain vital reasons, you can opt for an extra-cost service which allows us to accommodate more strict schedules. Please discuss the requirements with your Mayflower agent who would help you choose which services are best for your needs.
Q
Do I need an estimate?
 
Should I get an estimate first?
A
A Mayflower agent will make a pre-move survey of your household goods to be transported. A pre-move survey is needed to determine the approximate cost of a move and the amount of van space your goods will occupy. Your Mayflower agent will compute the approximate cost and give you a written Estimate/Order for Service. An accurate estimate cannot be calculated without a visual survey of the goods to be moved. There is no charge for the estimate. Estimates (household goods surveys) are only guidelines. On interstate shipments, you must pay the total charges as determined by the actual weight of your shipment, the distance it travels, and the services that you authorize or which become necessary to handle your shipment. Charges for local shipments are generally calculated on an hourly basis. There may be a minimum number of hours required. These shipments are handled by the local moving company, not the interstate carrier. ---- Estimates are approximate costing of moving. A Mayflower agent can make a visual inspection of your household, say, then compute the approximate payable for moving your goods so you will know. An estimate is free of charge. In an interstate move, the charges are based on the calculated weight of the goods, the distance to transport them and the other ancillary expenses. A local move is counted by the hour, and there may be a minimum number of hours. Local affiliates do the local moves; not the interstate one.
Q
What is a binding estimate?
 
Please define a ‘binding estimate’.
A
A binding estimate or binding cost of service specifies in advance the precise cost of the move based on the services requested or deemed necessary at the time of the estimate. If additional services are requested or required at either origin or destination (such as a "shuttle" to or from a location to which a full-size van cannot operate directly), the total cost will increase. Binding estimates are valid for the time period specified, up to 60 days. If you add items to be moved or require additional services, such as packing, between the time of the estimate and the time of your move, there will be additional charges. An addendum specifying these additional charges will be prepared for your signature. ---- A ‘binding estimate’ is a firm contract of services computed based on the services specified at a given time. Additional services required at origin or destination or between, will be extra. A separate agreement will be made for your signature and approval. Binding estimates have effectivity periods, like 60 days from date of issue.
Q
When is the best time to move?
 
Can you recommend the best time to relocate?
A
If there is a choice, most moving companies suggest you select a time other than summer, the end of the month or the end-of-year holidays. The heaviest demands are placed on vans, equipment and personnel during these periods. However, Mayflower believes you should move when it is most convenient for you. Factors involved in the decision may include: whether the move must be made immediately moving children during the school term separation of the family while the move is under way. ---- When it is most convenient to you, since there are other factors to consider aside from availability of movers, such as school terms, expiration of house lease, or employment transfer. However, most moving companies advise against moving in summer, end of the month or year-end holidays. These are busy months and might cost you more.
Q
How long does it take to move?
 
What is the average length of time to move?
A
This depends on many factors, such as the time of year, weather conditions, size of your shipment, time required to load and unload, and the direction and distance your shipment is traveling. Because the furnishings of the average household will not fill a van, it is often necessary for two or more shipments to be loaded on the same van. Each shipment is carefully sectioned off from the others. the help of Mayflower's computer-assisted dispatching system, pickup and delivery dates are scheduled according to the origins and destinations of individual shipments on the van, as well as shipment weight. ---- No definite figures. It is determined by time of year, weight of goods, weather, packing/loading variables, and distance to travel. The contents of an average house usually do not fill a van, so additional cargo may be needed and waited for. Each cargo group is carefully separated from another to avoid confusion at unloading. Mayflower’s computer-assisted dispatch methods help greatly in the scheduling of pick-ups, delivery, shipping, weighing and others.
Q
Is a moving company "licensed?"
 
Do moving companies need licenses to operate legally?
A
It would be more accurate to say that a moving company is "registered." For example, Mayflower has been issued a certificate of authority by the federal government to move household goods among any of the 50 states. As a motor carrier, Mayflower has maintained a certificate of authority with the US Department of Transportation (DOT) since September 27, 1988.A local moving company ("agency") affiliated with a national van line such as Mayflower may also be registered with the DOT to move interstate shipments within certain geographical areas. ---- ‘Registered’ will be more accurate. Mayflower has been registered with the US Department of Transportation (DOT) beginning September 27, 1988, and granted a certificate of authority by the federal government to move household items among the 50 states. An affiliate local moving company may also hold a registration with DOT for moving items locally within specified areas.
Q
How do I select which moving companies will provide me with a moving estimate?
 
What is the best way to choose a moving company?
A
Ask your neighbors, friends, coworkers and family members if they can make recommendations. Investigate each of the movers you select with the Better Business Bureau. Good service is the best measure of a good mover! ---- Inquire from colleagues, family, friends and people you know if they can recommend any company. Check these companies with the Better Business Bureau or the local moving associations. Word of mouth is still the best endorsement for any service.
Q
What is an in-home survey?
 
For what is the in-home survey?
A
Your Crown Consultant will come to your home to complete a visual survey of the belongings you plan to move. He or she has been trained specifically for this purpose and will be able to provide you with an accurate estimate of your belongings. Your estimate is based on a wide variety of factors, the two main ones being shipment weight and distance to destination. In addition, they will evaluate the need for professional services, such as packing and unpacking, appliance preparation, custom crating and storage. Your Consultant will need to look in cabinets, closets, under beds and any other area that the items to be moved are not visible. In order to get an accurate estimate, all items that are going to be moved need to be taken into account. If you know that items you plan to move are out of view, point them out. In addition, if you have items you do not plan to move, point them out too. He or she will be able to pinpoint all of the potential costs and service requirements of your relocation. Removing guesswork from the equation gives you a reasonable, highly accurate estimate and gives Crown an educated, highly-satisfied customer. ---- An in-home survey is the ocular assessment of the goods for moving to make an accurate cost estimate. The Crown consultant goes to your house to estimate the weight and form of the goods, special needs like packing, crating, and preparing the appliances for moving. He may look into cabinets, dressers, closets, and under beds to locate the items for shipment. Kindly show him the hidden items for moving and those not for shipment so the cost estimate may be as accurate as possible, avoiding additional costs or payables at destination.
Q
Do brokers work for the relocating business or are they classified as independent contractors?
 
Are brokers independent contractors, agents or affiliates?
A
Whilst brokers play an important role in matching clients with the proper relocation companies for their specifications, they are not to blame for the loss or damage of any objects, nor do they have the ability to give binding estimates. They are either affiliated with the relocating corporation, or on the payroll, but they are not responsible for the relocation itself. ---- Brokers match customers with the right moving companies but do not perform relocation by themselves and thus are not liable for losses or damage sustained by the shipment. They may be affiliated with, employed by, or contracted by, the moving companies.
Q
Can agents supply binding estimates?
 
Do agents give out binding estimates?
A
As stated above, an agent cannot give a binding estimate. They may possibly provide you with a quote over the phone, but the mover has the ultimate say on the binding, or “not to exceed,” estimate. Moving firms usually wait until they've viewed the items in person before giving such a quote. ---- No, they do not. Agents may provide quotes based on standard rates, but the final estimate, be it binding or not-to-exceed, is made by the moving company. Companies normally have to assess the goods before giving estimates.
Q
When I get an estimate, are any additional costs included, or should I budget for additional expenses?
 
Do estimates include extra costs or do I have to pay additional?
A
Always be upfront with moving companies about the objects you will have to have shifted. Further expenditures may possibly be avoided if you let the movers know in advance that you must transport a grandfather clock as well as a infant grand piano. Ask the mover to factor in parking, fuel, long-carry, or storage costs when giving you a estimate. That way, the movers know regardless of whether or not they’re capable of transporting the objects, and you know what you’ll be paying. ---- If you are candid about the goods to ship, extra costs may be avoided. Accurate description of the goods such as ‘baby grand piano’ instead of just ‘piano’, or ‘grandfather clock’ instead of simply ‘hallway clock’ will go a long way on this. Request the coordinator to factor in likewise all toll fees, fuel and storage costs so you will not be surprised at paying time at destination.
Q
Will my things change hands before reaching their ultimate destination?
 
Will they change the moving crew along the way?
A
Regrettably, long-distance moves at times require that your things be moved from one truck to another, which increases the chance of damage. Ask your mover in advance if this is likely and take every precaution to shield your possessions from damage. ---- It is very probable that your goods may change trucks during the long-distance shipment, increasing possibility of damage. Inquire of the coordinator if changing movers will occur so you can pack the goods accordingly.
Q
Just how should I pay the relocating corporation?
 
How is the moving company paid?
A
The vast majority of professional movers have the capacity to accept credit cards. Be leery of those who claim they only accept money. Most importantly, make sure you’re quoted the quantity due on delivery along with the deposit quantity. Also inquire as to regardless of whether or not your deposit is refundable. ---- Most moving companies accept the major credit cards, certified checks and cash, but beware of companies who say they accept cash only. Be sure that the estimate has the deposit amount and payable balance stated, and if the deposit is refundable for any reason.
Q
Is coverage included in the quote? Can I use my own coverage specialist?
 
Does the quote or estimate include the liability coverage or I should get my own insurance?
A
Most companies offer a standard coverage plan of 60 cents per pound. Numerous specialists will provide a reasonably priced upgrade. Nevertheless, you'll be able to insure your belongings with a 3rd party insurance agency. ---- The standard valuation of $0.60 per pound per item is normally incorporated in the quote, but the company can offer upgrades. You can get extra insurance if you wish.
Q
Who is liable if something goes missing or is damaged during the moving process? What should I do in the event it occurs?
 
Whose liability is loss or damage incurred during transit? What do I do if it happens?
A
Most movers supply insurance coverage, or you are able to use an insurance protection business. Nevertheless, if the relocation is classified as self-service, meaning you packed all of the objects yourself, you might or may possibly not be reimbursed if something is lost or broken throughout the relocation. For that reason, it’s advised which you pay just a little extra to have the company pack your items for you. Spending a bit more money upfront may possibly save you a whole lot of money, not to mention peace of mind, in the lengthy run. ---- Most movers have the standard valuation coverage, but you can buy additional insurance. However, if the shipment is packed by owner, liability will be less if any, depending on the damage. Thus it is advisable to have the company professionally pack your goods for your own peace of mind.
Q
What type of equipment and materials will be used?
 
What equipment and materials are usually used for packing and loading?
A
A good mover should have all the tools and equipment such as trucks, trailers, etc. You should also pack their products using packaging materials quality of the goods. It should always go with one of and Movers Delhi based companies. ---- Good movers have dollies, handtrucks, hammers and screwdrivers available for moving, and a wide variety of packing materials for packing various kinds of items.
Q
Can you show me the evidence to move the license number or registration of your company?
 
Do you show your company’s registration certificate or license number to customers?
A
It’s more an important issue. Do not give your business to a motor that is not registered or licensed. If the agency does not dare move a motion to show proof of license or registration number of the company, you should avoid. ---- Yes, if requested. Avoid any company that refuses to show their license number or registration certificate.
Q
Am I protected against loss or damage while my goods are in transit?
 
What protection do I get from damage or loss during relocation?
A
Yes, but how much protection you have and its cost to you depend upon the Mayflower "valuation" program you choose – Full-Value Coverage or Released Rate Liability (60 cents per pound per article).The valuation option you select determines the basis upon which any claim will be adjusted and establishes the maximum liability of Mayflower. The liability of Mayflower for loss or damage is based upon Mayflower's tariffs, as well as federal laws and regulations, and has certain limitations and exclusions. Valuation is not insurance; it is simply a tariff-based level of motor carrier liability. If you desire insurance, you should consult your insurance company representative about available insurance coverages, because Mayflower does not offer insurance. ---- Mayflower’s main liability for damage or loss is regulated by either of two valuation programs ---full coverage or released rate liability--- that you choose beforehand. Any option specifies Mayflower’s liability, based on certain tariff tables, federal laws and national regulations, but is usually limited in scope. It is not insurance, but a tariff-based schedule of liability. Insurance may be purchased, however, from other providers.
Q
Can my possessions be stored temporarily?
 
Is temporary storage for my goods possible?
A
If you are unable to take immediate possession of your new residence, your belongings can be stored in a local Mayflower agent's warehouse. Mayflower agents throughout the world provide safe storage facilities for holding your goods until you're ready for them. However, you are responsible for the storage charges, warehouse valuation coverage and final delivery charges from the warehouse. If your goods are placed in storage, there will be an additional charge for the valuation or insurance coverage provided for your shipment, as mentioned previously. The type of coverage and cost will depend upon whether the shipment is held in storage-in-transit (temporary) or in permanent (long-term) storage. Please ask your Mayflower agent for information regarding storage arrangements. ---- Mayflower accepts temporary and permanent storage of goods at the local affiliate’s warehouse, where they will be housed safely as needed. However, you will have to shoulder the storage fees, valuation coverage and other charges, whether storage is in-transit or long-time. Please inquire from your mayflower agent or representative.
Q
Do my appliances need special attention?
 
How are appliances moved?
A
Most refrigerators, washers, dryers, and other electrical or mechanical appliances require special servicing to ensure safe transportation. Any moving parts such as motors on major appliances, washer drums, and icemakers should be securely fastened for shipment. Gas appliances need to be serviced and disconnected prior to your move. It is the owner's responsibility to see that appliances are serviced for shipment before they are loaded on the van. Upon request and for an additional charge, a moving company will perform this service, using either its own qualified personnel or an authorized service company. ---- Appliances generally receive special attention for moving. For instance, all internal motors of washers, icemakers and others should be fastened to prevent them from turning while in transit. Gas appliances should be securely closed and disconnected before the move. It is the homeowner’s charge to see these done, although the company may provide the service for a fee through its authorized service provider or qualified in-house technicians.
Q
Can I pack my china, glass and crystal?
 
Would it be better if I pack my glass, china and crystal items myself?
A
Most people prefer to have their household possessions, especially fragile items, professionally packed by a moving company. However, if you decide to pack these items yourself, remember that the basic principles of good packing include wrapping the items individually, providing plenty of cushioning and making sure of a firm pack. Be sure to select a sturdy container with a lid. Place a two- or three-inch layer of crushed paper on the bottom of the carton as a cushion. Wrap each item individually with a soft material to provide a safe, protective, "padded nest." Pack the heaviest items on the bottom and the lighter ones next, filling in empty spaces with crushed paper. Place plates on edge and glassware on rims for maximum protection. Mark the carton "Fragile," and list the contents on the outside. Be sure to seal the carton with tape. ---- Moving companies prefer they pack the delicate and fragile items to ensure minimum damage while in transit. But good packing: wrap items individually, provide plenty of cushioning between items, pack firm. Choose a sturdy container, lay a three-inch layer or paper at the bottom to cushion bumps. Place heaviest items lowest, lightest ones on top. Fill gaps with crumpled newspaper. Position plates and glassware on their edges and rims and prominently mark the cartons and boxes ‘FRAGILE’ and seal the box or carton with tape. List the contents outside the box.
Q
Can I pack my clothes in a chest or dresser drawers?
 
Should I leave my clothes in chests or dresser drawers?
A
Lightweight clothing – sweaters, shirts, blouses, and lingerie – may be left in the drawers. Do not fill drawers with heavy items such as books, table linens or sheets, which can damage the piece of furniture during transit. Be careful NOT to leave fragile items, money, jewelry, watches or other valuables in the drawers, as well as anything that might spill or leak. ---- Light clothes may remain in the drawers of chests and dressers, but do not put heavy items like books, linen and sheets so as not to stress the wood joints and panels during transit and unloading. Never leave fragile things, money or jewelry in the drawers, nor containers of liquid or melting items.
Q
Can I move my frozen foods?
 
Do I have to thaw out frozen foods?
A
Frozen foods can be moved, but only under specific, limited conditions. Be sure to discuss this with your Mayflower agent. In most instances, we suggest that shipping arrangements be made through local frozen food locker plants, especially for a long-distance move. It is even easier just to use up the foods prior to the move or donate them to someone. ---- It is possible to move frozen foods but only under several conditions. Check with your Mayflower representative, but we prefer you ship them via refrigerated containers through your local frozen food locker plants. Best to use them all, donate or give them to friends just prior to move date.
Q
Can I move jewelry and other valuables?
 
What must I do to move my jewelry or other valuables?
A
Items of extraordinary value such as jewelry, money, photographs, antiques and stamp collections can be included in your shipment, provided you notify your Mayflower agent of these items before packing or moving day. However, we strongly recommend that you carry irreplaceable and expensive articles with you, or make other arrangements for their transport. In the moving industry, items worth more than $100 per pound are considered to be articles of "extraordinary" value. To be assured that a claim involving these articles is not limited to minimal liability, complete and sign the High-Value Inventory form and sign the "Extraordinary (Unusual) Value Article Declaration" box on the Bill of Lading. If no articles of extraordinary value are included in your shipment, simply write "none" on the High-Value Inventory form and sign it. ---- Valuable, rare and irreplaceable items may be included in the shipment provided the company knows of its inclusion before moving day, although it is advised that you take them with you yourself. Items worth above $100 a pound is classified as ‘items of extraordinary value’. To be able to claim insurance above the standard liability, be sure to fill up the company’s high value inventory form. Different companies have different versions. Sign likewise the ‘Extraordinary (Unusual) Value Article Declaration’ box in the bill of lading. Check with your consultant or company representative about these matters, which, though rather complicated, are very important. Be sure you understand the provisions before you load up on moving day.
Q
Can I move my house plants?
 
Would you recommend moving also my house plants?
A
Mayflower cannot accept responsibility for safely moving your plants, because they may suffer from a lack of water and light as well as probable temperature changes while in the van. You may prefer to transport your house plants in the family car or ship them by plane. Some states prohibit the entry of all plants, while other states will admit plants under certain conditions; still others have no plant regulations. Be sure to check the regulations of the state to which you're moving. ---- Mayflower does not want to accept plants for moving, since they will be stressed from lack of water, sunlight and subjected to temperature changes during transit, particularly during interstate moves. Better to take them yourself in the car or ship them by air. A few states do not accept plant into their boundaries; others only under certain conditions; still others don’t restrict plants. Be sure to know the laws in your destination state.
Q
Can I move my pet?
 
Is moving pets advisable?
A
Pets cannot be carried on the moving van. Dogs, cats, canaries and parakeets can usually be transported in the family car. If this isn’t convenient, your Mayflower agent will be glad to suggest alternate ways to ship your pets safely. ---- Pets are not allowed in the moving vans or trucks. Cats, dogs and birds are better transported via the car. Your Mayflower agent can suggest other options to send them .
Q
What If My Mover Increases the Agreed Price?
 
Can my mover charge higher than the agreed price?
A
If the mover increases the price you are not required to pay more than 100% of the binding estimate or 110% of the non-binding estimate. The mover is required to bill any additional charges 30 days after delivery of your goods. ---- In a binding estimate, no. with a non-binding estimate, he can add only 10% to the agreed price. He can bill you the balance 30 days after delivery if the charges are legitimate.
Q
What If My Mover Disappears with My Possessions?
 
What do I do if my mover absconds with my goods?
A
You should file a complaint online or call 1-888-DOT-SAFT (1-888-368-7238). You may also contact the State Attorney General's office or appropriate enforcement agency in your State. ---- Inform your state enforcement agency, contact the Attorney General’s office, complain online or call 1-888-DOT-SAFT (1-888-368-7238).
Q
What are some examples of motor carrier and broker complaints?
 
What are the common complaints about moving and moving companies?
A
My mover is holding my shipment hostage for more money than he quoted me (in excess of 110% of non-binding estimate).My (interstate) mover/broker does not have the required authority from the FMCSA (unauthorized operations). My (interstate) mover/broker does not have the required insurance on file with the FMCSA (uninsured operations). My mover/broker failed to acknowledge, process and settle my loss and damage within 120 days of receipt. My mover/broker does not belong to a dispute settlement to handle loss and damage claims. My mover/broker failed to honor agreed pick-up and/or delivery dates without giving proper notice. ---- • The moving company refuses to release my property unless I pay additional charges above 10% of the agreed price. • My mover is not authorized by the FMCSA. • My mover has no insurance on file with the FMCSA. • The company did not acknowledge, work on nor pay my loss inside of 120 days from receipt of complaint. • My mover is not a member of a dispute settlement group for handling damage and loss complaints. • The company did not pick up/deliver the goods on the agreed dates without prior due notice.
Q
What should I include in the complaint?1
 
What do complaints usually consist of?
A
Your name, address, and telephone number. The name, address, and telephone number of the mover/broker The origin and destination of your shipment The mover's DOT and MC numbers if available A short narrative of specific violations alleged ---- The name, address, phone numbers of the complainant/ user and the moving company; points of origin and destination; the moving company’s DOT and MC registration numbers if known, and a brief narrative of the nature of the complaint.
Q
How does the complaint process work?
 
What is usual complaint process?
A
Your complaint will be entered into FMCSA's National Consumer Complaint Database and will be used for analytical and statistical purposes. Your complaint will also be maintained in the carriers' file as part of its permanent record. If FMCSA decides to take enforcement action against the mover/broker you may be contacted to provide additional information and documentation. ---- A complaint is recorded in the carrier’s files as part of its administrative process for possible use later, as when it needs to provide support for an action against a local affiliate. The complaint goes likewise into the FMCSA Complaints database for analytical and statistical needs, and also in case the FMCSA (Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration) must act on the complaint. In this case they will contact you for more detailed information or to support the complaint.
Q
How do I file a commercial complaint?
 
What is the process of filing/lodging a complaint?
A
File a complaint electronically using the Household Goods Consumer Complaint Web Site or by dialing the toll-free number at 1-888-DOT-SAFT (1-888-368-7238). The HOTLINE is a nationwide toll-free number where consumers, movers and brokers can call between the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. Monday through Friday Eastern Time. ---- Visit the Household Goods Consumer Complaint website to file the complaint online, or call number at 1-888-DOT-SAFT (1-888-368-7238) anytime between 9:00 AM and 7:00 PM, and any day Monday to Friday, Eastern Time. The number is toll-free.
Q
How to Pack Household Goods
 
How should I pack my household goods?
A
Most people prefer to have their belongings packed professionally to avoid risk of damage. Your Professional Movers, Inc representative will be happy to discuss costs, materials and unpacking services. ---- Many clients prefer that the mover pack their goods to ensure the least damage to them. Contact Professional Movers, Inc. for costs, materials and packing/unpacking assistance. They will be glad to help you.
Q
How do I choose a mover?
 
Which mover is the best for me?
A
Moving companies provide a variety of services for a range of fees. It is a good idea to talk with different movers to compare their services. Ask your friends and neighbors about their experiences with the movers that they have used. After you have collected a few names of movers, check and see if they are members of any national or state moving associations (such as the American Moving and Storage Association). You should also check with any consumer organizations, such as the Better Business Bureau (BBB), in your local area. ---- Different moving companies offer different services at different costs, so it is advisable to comparison-shop. Inquire of friends, colleagues, and online reviews to help you decide. Finally, check your shortlisted companies with the American Moving and Storage Association, the Better Business Bureau or the local consumer organization for adverse or complimentary reports.
Q
Should I use the "Yellow Pages" to find my mover?
 
Is the Yellow Pages a good source to find movers?
A
Anyone can advertise in the Yellow Pages, it doesn’t mean that they are licensed or insured – so, don’t believe everything that you read. If a mover includes his license (DOT or ICC) number in his ad, check it out first. For interstate movers, you can find out this information from the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) at their www.protectyourmove.gov website. ---- The Yellow Pages is a good source for contact numbers and location. It does not guarantee, however, that the mover is licensed or insured, even if he mentions his DOT or ICC number. Best to check them all with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA). Visit the www.protectyourmove.gov website for details.
Q
What are moving "Brokers" and what do they do?
 
Is it advisable to use moving ‘brokers’, and how exactly do they function?
A
Most brokers (especially those that operate on the Internet) do not own trucks or warehouses like traditional movers. Instead, they operate by collecting a deposit or a fee from you and then arranging for your move to be handled by one of their affiliated movers. Depending on the caliber of the broker, some of their affiliated movers may not be licensed. By law, brokers are required to provide their customers with their DOT Permit Number, a copy of the FMCSA’s Your Rights and Responsibilities When You Move brochure, a list of movers that they are affiliated with and a clear statement advising that they are a broker of moving services and not a moving company. Think carefully about doing business with a broker who doesn’t provide this information to you and who doesn’t provide you with the identity of the mover that will be used to move your goods. The deposit or fee that the brokers collects will be based on their guess of how much you are going to move based on a telephone or Internet survey that you provide. (If the mover won’t come to your home to survey your furnishings before preparing your estimate, be prepared for an unpleasant surprise when the final charge turns out to be much higher than the original estimate provided over the phone or the Internet.) Usually you will not have the same consumer protection when you use a broker as with a traditional moving company. And, after the broker collects its deposit or fee, you may find it difficult to get them interested in helping you in the event of a claim or dispute with the mover that they have arranged for you. ---- Just like stock and real estate brokers, moving brokers find people who want to move, and seek matching moving companies to serve them, mostly those they know or are affiliated with. They are in fact essentially agents, and usually do not own trucks or warehouses like standard moving companies. They earn by charging an upfront payment or deposit which many times does not guarantee good service. Brokers must provide their clients with their DOT Permit Number, FMCSA’s Your Rights and Responsibilities When You Move pamphlet, the movers they are affiliated with and a unequivocal statement stating they are a moving services broker and not a moving company. Be wary of any broker who fails to provide you with these information or who refuse to say which mover they have contacted to serve you. The upfront fee depends on the estimated volume of household goods to move, which you may have provided via a survey or list they asked you to fill. If a broker does not visit your house to look over its contents, be prepared for a possible much higher final moving cost than the estimate. Using a moving broker usually does not grant you the same protection as using a moving company. After the deposit is made, you may find the broker lukewarm in helping you with his chosen mover, particularly when a dispute or complaint occurs. Best check the broker’s reputation before engaging him.
Q
How about Referral Companies and Lead Agencies – what do they do?
 
What about referral companies and lead agencies?
A
When you use an Internet-based referral company or lead agency, you will generally not be asked to pay a fee or deposit because their fee is generated from the mover who is provided with your lead or referral information. When the referral company recommends movers, check to make sure that the movers are licensed by the FMCSA, that they have a satisfactory rating with the Better Business Bureau (www.bbb.org) and that they are members of a recognized national association, such as the American Moving and Storage Association or a State moving association. Move.com only matches consumers with professional AMSA member movers. ---- A referral company or lead agency basically functions like a broker, but they get their fee from the mover they recommend to you. Nevertheless, check the mover if it is licensed by the FMCSA, rated satisfactory by the Better Business Bureau and belong to an association, federal or state. Move.com merely finds clients with AMSA movers.
Q
What is the difference between interstate and intrastate and how is the moving industry regulated?
 
How does ‘intrastate’ and ‘interstate’ moves differ and how is each regulated?
A
The professional moving industry is organized differently for different types of moves and it will help you to have a better move if you understand the differences. First, there are important differences between local moves (called "intrastate" moves because your shipment does not cross state lines or enter into interstate commerce), long-distance moves (called "interstate" moves because your shipment crosses at least one state line and enters into interstate commerce that is regulated by agencies within the US Department of Transportation) and international moves (between the US and another country in foreign commerce regulated by the Federal Maritime Commission).Local or intrastate moves are regulated (or not) by the state in which the move occurs. About thirty states have various degrees of regulation (some more than others) and the rest are unregulated. Check with your state Attorney General’s office to see if you live in a regulated state and which office in your state oversees movers. You can also find a list of state moving associations and state regulatory agencies on the www.protectyourmove.gov website that is maintained by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration. ---- Basically, there are three types of moves: intrastate, or a move that does not cross into another state; interstate, which goes to or through another state; and international, one that crosses national boundaries. The first type is regulated (or not) by the state where the move occurs; the second is governed by the rules and regulations of agencies of the Department of Transportation (DOT); and the last is regulated by the Federal Maritime Commission. In the US, state regulations vary, and a few do not regulate moving in any way. Your state Attorney General’s office will know which agency or agencies regulate moving, or you can visit www.protectyourmove.gov to see the list of associations of movers and regulatory agencies in your state. The site is run by the FMCSA, the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration.
Q
How are charges based for local moves or for moves within my state?
 
On what factors are intrastate moving estimates based on?
A
Local (intrastate) moves are generally based on a per-hour cost for the personnel and the number of vehicles that the mover provides (up to a certain distance, with longer distances based on the weight of your shipment and the mileage it is transported) and the level of liability that the mover will cover in the event of loss or damage is generally less than would apply for an interstate move. ---- Computations of costs on intrastate moves are usually done on per-hour basis of the number of personnel and equipment like trucks, vans and other devices needed to effect the move within a certain radius. Beyond that, costs are estimated on the weight of goods, distance of travel and liability coverage for possible damage or loss. Intrastate moves cost usually less than interstate ones.
Q
How are charges determined for interstate (state-to-state) moves?
 
How are interstate relocation costs estimated?
A
Charges for interstate moves are based on the weight of your shipment and the distance that you are moving and are usually subject to higher level of liability by your mover in the event of a claim. Charges for international moves are based on a combination of the land changes between your residence and the ports, the ocean transportation between the ports, and any additional customs, portage, or handling charges that may apply in the various countries transited. For more information on international shipments, you may wish to contact the Federal Maritime Commission at (202) 523-5807 or at the complaints@fmc.gov website. ---- Interstate moving costs are normally based on the weight of the goods to move, the distance they need to be moved, and the level of liability entailed to cover any claim on damage or loss. For international moving, the costs depend on the overland shipment costs, ocean transportation, customs, portage, handling fees and transit tariffs involved. Hence they vary between countries of origin and destination, and the kind of goods shipped. Visit complaint@fmc.gov or contact the Federal maritime Commission ([202]-523-5807) for details.
Q
How do I get an estimate?
 
How is an estimate of moving costs obtained?
A
Once you have compiled a list of movers, inform them of the destination and timing of your move. Ask them about the types of services they offer. Also ask them to explain their estimates in detail and to give you a copy. If any company refuses to give you a written estimate, you should eliminate them from consideration. Then carefully compare to see which mover best suits your needs and budget. The cost of your move will be based on the actual weight of your belongings and the distance they are shipped, plus the amount of packing and other services that you require. To help you anticipate the cost of your move, movers will give you an estimate of the price. Be sure to get written estimates from at least 3 different movers so that you can compare their services and prices. ---- Contact each of your shortlisted movers, tell them your dates of moving and point of destination, and ask for their estimates and the list of services offered. Provide them with the needed information as to the goods to move and other services you require so they can make a written detailed estimate. If this is not provided, remove the company from your list. Get three estimates minimum. Compare the estimates for prices, guarantees and services to find which suits you best. The estimates will depend on the weight of goods to transport, distance to travel and other services (like packing) you may ask of the company to do for you.
Q
When do I pay the mover?
 
At what stage are movers usually paid?
A
The regulations provide that when your mover arrives at your new home (or in some cases if your shipment is placed into a storage facility), he may collect the charges due before the shipment is unloaded from the truck. ---- Payment usually becomes due when the goods reach the destination and prior to unloading, or when they are stored in the agreed-on facility.
Q
How to I pay the mover?
 
What forms of payment are acceptable?
A
Most movers require payment in cash or by certified or traveler’s check. Some movers also accept charge cards. Ask your mover before your move about the forms of payment that are acceptable. Do not assume that because you have a nationally recognized charge or credit card that it will be accepted for payment. Ask your mover before your move. If you do not pay the charges due at the time of delivery the mover has the right to refuse to deliver your shipment and to place it into storage at your expense until the charges are paid. If your shipment is split for shipment on two or more trucks, the mover can require payment for each portion as it is delivered. ---- Cash, certified or travelers’ checks are the usual forms. A few movers may accept charge cards, or, very rarely, personal checks, if the customer is personally known to the mover. Never think that the mover will accept your credit card even if it is nationally known, so be sure to discuss this matter with the representative before moving day. If the charges are not paid on time, the mover may put them into storage your goods on your account until the total amount due is settled. Split shipments or staggered delivery may be paid as the shipment arrives at destination.
Q
What if I have loss or damage?
 
What happens when damage or loss occurs?
A
Movers customarily take every precaution to make sure that while your shipment is in their possession no items are lost, damaged or destroyed. However, despite their efforts, articles are sometimes lost or damaged during the move. ---- Despite care and precautionary measures, damage to goods or loss may still occur. In such a case you can file a claim at the company offices or with the FMCSA (Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration).
Q
How do I file a claim?
 
What is the usual way of making claims?
A
If any of your household goods are damaged or lost, report the facts promptly and in detail on the van driver's copy (original) of the inventory sheet before you sign it. A claim for loss or damage must be filed within nine months after delivery (keep the cartons and packing material until the mover has inspected the damage). However, it is to your advantage to report damage as soon as possible. The mover must acknowledge receipt of your claim within 30 days, and must deny or make an offer within 120 days of receipt of your claim. When making a claim or considering an offer, bear in mind the amount of liability that you declared on your shipment. ---- Should you experience damage in your goods or loss, write the facts in the driver’s inventory sheet, detailing the event and damage or loss, before you sign the sheet. Ninety days is the timeframe wherein claims for loss or damage must be lodged, but the earlier, the better. If you intend to file claim keep the cartons and packing until the moving company has seen them. Keep a record of the details, as the mover would acknowledge receipt of the claim within 30 days, and respond to it by denying the claim or making an offer inside of 120 days (4 months). Consider the value of the goods you stated in your shipment when making any claim.
Q
How do I request arbitration?
 
What is the process of initiating arbitration?
A
Participation in an arbitration program is a requirement of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration for all interstate movers. Under the regulations, ALL interstate movers, including movers who are not members of AMSA, must agree to offer shippers neutral arbitration as a means of settling disputes that may arise concerning loss or damage and certain types of disputed charges. Your mover must provide you with information on the availability of its arbitration program, including how their program works and how much it costs, before your move takes place. If you don’t receive this information – ask for a copy from your mover. To maintain a fair and neutral position, AMSA’s program is administered by the National Arbitration Forum (Forum). The Forum is a completely independent, nongovernmental organization that is not affiliated with either the American Moving and Storage Association or with any mover. The Forum has been recognized for many years as the leading independent arbitration organization in the country. It is a public service, non-profit organization dedicated exclusively to the resolution of disputes of all kinds. All AMSA mover members participate in the AMSA arbitration program. ---- All interstate movers, member and non-members of AMSA (American Moving and Storage Association) alike, are required by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) to include in their offers to customers neutral arbitration as the way to settle disputes on charges and claims of damage or loss. The mover must give you this information should include the program details, how it functions and its cost, before moving is begun. If this is not in the estimate, request for a copy from your mover. To avoid partiality, the AMSA arbitration program is run by the National Arbitration Forum, an independent non-governmental organization neither connected with AMSA or any moving company, dedicated solely to resolve all kinds of disputes. It is the leading arbitration group in the country.
Q
What is a "bill of lading" and why is it important?
 
Bill of Lading: What is it and its importance.
A
Your mover must also prepare a Bill of Lading for every shipment that they transport. The bill of lading serves as the receipt for the goods and the contract between you and your mover for the transportation of your shipment. As a general rule, the Bill of Lading is executed and signed on the day of the move after the shipment has been loaded and before the moving van leaves your residence. One copy should be given to you and a copy must also accompany the shipment. The Bill of Lading includes a valuation section (explained below) that indicates the "released value" of the goods being transported that, in turn, establishes the liability of your mover for your shipment in the event of loss or damage. (Some movers elect to include the valuation section on the Order for Service document instead of the bill of lading – the more common practice is to place the clause on the Bill of Lading – but either way is correct as long as the document clearly states the appropriate valuation selected by the shipper.) ---- A Bill of Lading is essentially the itemized list of goods for transport and their individual values as determined by the shipper/customer, and acts as the receipt of goods as well as contract of shipment once signed by the driver and owner prior to actual departure from the point of origin. The owner and driver each hold a copy of the Bill of Lading. The valuation section of the Bill indicates the ‘released value’ of the goods for shipment, which in turn determines the extent of the mover’s liability in case of damage or loss. Some movers, though, place this section in the Order of Service, not in the Bill of Lading. Both are allowed as long as the valuation per item is clearly stated.
Q
What happens when my goods are delivered?
 
What happens during the delivery of my goods?
A
DELIVERY: Generally, your belongings will be transported in a van along with those of other families that are moving in the same general direction. This helps to keep your costs down. Delivery is made on any of the several consecutive days agreed upon before the move began. Make sure the mover knows how to contact you to schedule your delivery. If you cannot be reached at destination, the mover may place your shipment in storage to avoid delaying the other shipments that are on-board his truck. This can mean additional charges for storage and handling. This additional storage is called "storage-in-transit" or simply "SIT". SIT charges are based on the amount of goods placed into storage and the length of time that the goods remain in storage. Also, since the goods will have to be re-loaded onto a different vehicle when they come out of storage, an additional charge also applies for the final delivery from the SIT facility to your residence. ---- To save shipping costs, your goods are transported along with those of other people going on the same general direction. That is why delivery has a few days’ window and rarely an exact date. Give the driver your contact numbers or ways to contact you while the goods are in transit; otherwise, he may put them on storage to avoid delays in other deliveries. Storage ---or storage-in-transit (SIT)--- will add costs to your expenses depending on the volume of goods and length of storage. Since the goods must be transported by another truck later to your residence, further charges may be imposed.
Q
What happens if my shipment needs to be put into storage?
 
What happens if the mover stores my goods?
A
Often during a move, circumstances call for a shipment to be placed into storage. When this occurs, there are different types of storage that you may use and it is important to understand how placing your shipment into storage may affect your mover’s liability for your shipment. ---- The mover’s liability for your shipment may change because the process of shipment is likewise changed. You can select the storage options to use and this determines the change in the mover’s liability.
Q
What is "storage-in-transit"?
 
Please explain ‘storage-in-transit’.
A
The most frequent type of storage is called storage-in-transit or simply "SIT". SIT storage occurs most often at destination (although it can also occur at origin or en route) when the mover arrives at your new home but for some reason you are not able to accept delivery (closing was delayed, the former tenants have not yet vacated the premises, etc.). During SIT, your shipment is stored in the mover’s warehouse and your mover delivers your shipment to your new residence when you’re ready. The mover will charge you for the storage provided and the delivery out of SIT to your new home. During SIT your shipment continues under the interstate bill of lading and your mover remains liable for any loss or damage that might occur during the SIT period and delivery out. SIT storage is generally limited to a period of 90 days (although some movers have longer SIT periods) and at the end of the SIT period the shipment reverts to permanent storage. ---- When for some reason not of their own making the mover cannot deliver a shipment (such as when the house is still occupied, you are not present to accept delivery, etc.), the mover may place your goods in storage, called ‘storage-in-transit’ (SIT), and complete the delivery later. During SIT the mover remains liable for your goods but will charge you for storage costs. SIT time is generally just 90 days maximum, although some exceeds that. At the end of the period, SIT becomes permanent storage and is charged differently.
Q
What is my mover’s liability for loss or damage if I use a self-storage facility?
 
If I use a self-storage facility, is my mover still liable for loss or damage?
A
It is important to understand that your mover’s liability will be limited to only loss or damage that occurred during your interstate shipment. In other words, your mover’s liability ends when your shipment is delivered into any third party storage facility (not the mover’s own warehouse) where you have rented space that is not within your mover’s control. Your mover is not liable for any loss or damage that might occur during the time your shipment is stored at the third party facility or later when your shipment is delivered out of the facility locally to your residence. ---- Your mover’s liability is in effect only when the goods are under its control or possession. When such control is relinquished, like when the goods are stored in another facility (i.e., self-storage), the mover’s liability ends.
Q
What is "permanent" storage?
 
How does ‘permanent storage’ differ from SIT?
A
A third type of storage is called permanent storage and is similar to mini-warehouse storage. During permanent storage (sometimes called "long-term storage") your shipment is stored in a warehouse facility by a professional warehouseman and is subject to the rules and regulations that govern storage within the state where the storage occurs (SIT-type storage is considered to be part of the interstate shipment and is subject to federal regulation). Like self-storage, permanent storage is not part of your interstate move, so if a claim occurs during the permanent storage period it should be filed with your warehouseman. ---- Permanent (or long-term) storage is essentially warehousing, and is thus regulated by state laws applicable to warehousing. SIT is considered part of the interstate move and thus comes under the federal laws governing moving. Loss or damage claims on goods under long-term storage should be filed with the warehousing company and not the moving company.
Q
How should I plan for my move?
 
What are the most important things to remember when planning a move?
A
It is important to try to make arrangements for your move well in advance, at least four to six weeks before the moving date. When you choose your mover, be sure you understand:• The rates and charges that will apply; be sure to get a written estimate,• How pickup and delivery will work and the dates the mover has committed to,• What claims protection you have and the mover’s liability for your belongings, and• How you can reach your mover during your move. After carefully choosing your mover, there are a number of things that you can do that will help to reduce stress, anxiety and problems during your move. PLAN AHEAD: Summer time is the busiest time of the year for movers. In addition, the beginning and end of each month are traditionally busier than mid-month, regardless of the season. If you are planning to move during one of these times, plan well in advance so your mover's schedule can accommodate your requirements. PLANNING YOUR MOVING DAY: Your mover may ask you to select several consecutive days during which your goods can be loaded and a second series of dates during which your goods can be delivered to your new home. ---- After you decide to move, arrange for shipment by contacting movers at least 6 weeks prior to your desired moving date. Contact at least 3 companies so you comparison-shop for the services and costs. In selecting your mover, inform yourself on: 1) applicable costs and fees, written in an estimate; 2) dates of pickup and delivery, and methods to do them (truck? van?); 3) liability coverage and claims processes; and, 4) how to reach the mover while your goods are in transit. To reduce worry and anxiety, PLAN YOUR MOVE. Summer is busiest season for moving, so are start and end of any month. If you HAVE to move during these times, be sure your mover can accommodate your need by contracting him much ahead of time. PLAN THE MOVE DAY. Select your most preferred dates of pickup and delivery, bearing in mind that the mover cannot promise to pick and deliver your goods on exact dates.
Q
Is it best to do my own packing?
 
Will packing the goods myself be preferable?
A
Proper packing by a trained packer using specially designed cartons and material is crucial to a good move. Schedule packing with the mover a day or two before the moving van is loaded. If you are packing yourself, it is never too soon to start. While packing yourself can save money, movers will not usually accept liability for damage to items that you have packed yourself. Some of your appliances may require servicing prior to the move. Your mover can schedule these services for you. ---- While it is entirely desirable that you pack your goods, correct packing is important to prevent damage to them. You save money by doing the packing, but most movers will not accept liability for goods they did not pack, so you may end up on the losing end due to damage to the goods. For instance, some appliances need servicing for shipping; otherwise they may be damaged. This your mover can do for you. But if you want to, begin packing long before moving date, and use the recommended boxes, cartons and packing materials and methods.
Q
Who is responsible for loss or damage for cartons that I pack myself?
 
Is the mover liable for loss of or damage to boxes or cartons I packed?
A
Your mover is responsible for the loss of or damage to any carton he takes possession of, regardless of who packs the carton. If you experience loss or damage to the contents of a carton that your mover packed, file a claim with your mover and be sure to keep the damaged articles and the packing carton and packing material for inspection by the mover. However, if you pack your own cartons, (termed "PBO" or "packed by owner" in the moving industry) your mover is only responsible for damage to the contents of such cartons if there is external damage to the carton itself, which, in turn, causes damage to the contents. Also, your mover has the right to refuse a carton that you have packed (or, if you agree, to re-pack the carton at your expense) if he feels that it was packed improperly or it is was over-packed and weighs too much for the carton to properly hold the items and be safely transported. ---- Your mover will be liable to damage to goods in boxes or cartons you packed if the cartons or boxes are themselves externally damaged. Likewise, he can refuse any carton or box he thinks was packed incorrectly, over-packed, or too heavy for its contents or for transport. He might advise you to repack it under supervision or at your expense. Generally, the mover is liable for any and all boxes/cartons he accepts for delivery, whether self-packed (packed-by-owner [PBO]) or by the company. So if you lost or got articles damaged during transit, file a claim right away with the moving company, keeping the damaged articles and boxes for the company management’s inspection.
Q
What happens on moving day?
 
What are we to do during moving day?
A
Be on hand when the movers arrive. Discuss the delivery arrangements fully with your mover. Have beds stripped and ready to be packed. Save your energy - let the moving crew disassemble goods and reassemble them at destination. Read the bill of lading before you sign it and keep a copy after you sign it. And finally, tell your mover how to reach you at your destination. Advise the mover where you can be reached while in transit to your new home. This will ensure that, if any type of problem occurs, the mover will be able to contact you. ---- Be there when the moving crew arrives to discuss the moving details, read the bill of lading before signing it and keep your copy, monitor the loading of the goods, supervise the disassembly of furniture, particularly the beds, and inform the moving crew chief or driver where and how to contact you while they are in transit and when they reach the destination to ensure you can answer questions should snags occur.
Q
What is a "descriptive inventory" and why is it important?
 
Why is the ‘descriptive inventory’ important to moving?
A
Before the mover begins to load your shipment (generally, the driver does this when he surveys the shipment before beginning to load the truck) the mover must prepare a written Descriptive Inventory of the shipment. The inventory must identify every carton and every uncartoned item that is included in your shipment, and an identification number that corresponds to the inventory must be placed on each article in the shipment. The mover must provide you with an opportunity to observe and verify the accuracy of the inventory. And, they must provide you with a copy of the inventory, signed by both you and your mover, at the time they load the shipment. When the shipment is delivered, your mover must provide you with the opportunity to observe and verify that the same articles are being delivered and to note the condition of the articles. Your mover must also provide you with the opportunity to note in writing any missing articles and the condition of any damaged or destroyed articles; you must be provided with a copy of any such notations. ---- The ‘descriptive inventory’ is the list and description of every box, carton and unboxed item for shipment. The driver or crew chief prepares this prior to actual loading, numbering the cartons, loose items and boxes in your presence and knowledge for verity. Each of you keeps a signed copy and the goods are loaded. At destination, the driver or crew chief and you witness the unloading per the inventory, noting the condition of the goods. Loss or damage must be noted into the inventory and you keep a copy of the notated list.
Q
What are "not-to-exceed" type estimates?
 
What about the ‘not-to-exceed’ estimates?
A
Another type of binding estimate used by many movers is the Not-To-Exceed Estimate. This type of estimate is called various things by various movers, such as Guaranteed Price or Price Protection, but the end result is the same --- an estimate based on a binding estimate or on actual cost, whichever is lower. Like a binding estimate, a not-to-exceed estimate must be provided to you in writing and is binding on the carrier. Not-to-Exceed estimates differ though in that the binding estimate amount becomes the maximum amount that you will be obligated to pay for the services listed on the estimate. This maximum amount alternates with the applicable tariff charges based on the actual weight of the shipment, with the customer paying the lesser of the two amounts. When you accept a not-to-exceed estimate, the move is performed at actual weight based on the tariff rate levels, with the binding estimate representing the maximum charge that you will have to pay. For example, if you receive a not-to-exceed estimate for $7,700 for your shipment, but the actual charges total $7,200 after the shipment was weighed, you would pay the lower $7,200 amount for your move. If, on the other hand, the actual charges total $8,200 after your shipment was weighed, you would only pay the $7,700 not-to-exceed amount for your move. ---- A ‘not-to-exceed’ estimate is one that states the amount you pay for your shipment, based on actual weight which in turn depends on the applicable tariff rates, even if the actual cost exceeds it. In case the actual total cost is lower, however, you pay the actual cost, not the NTE estimate, which may also be termed as Guaranteed Price or Protected Price. A NTE estimate is simply another form of binding estimate.
Q
Will I have to pay a deposit to the mover before my move?
 
Do movers require upfront payments?
A
Professional movers generally don’t require a deposit before moving you, and if they do it is generally just a small "good faith" deposit. However, some scam movers or Internet brokers frequently require a large deposit. So, if a mover you are considering requires you to pay a big deposit to "hold your dates" or to insure "prompt service", you may want to choose another mover. Also, the FMCSA consumer regulations do not allow movers to require you to pay for your move before it takes place; instead, payment is due at delivery, when the truck arrives at your new home. (The FMCSA’s rules are designed to protect you and to insure that you receive your shipment in a timely manner. If you have paid for your move "up-front" through a large deposit, the mover may have less incentive to deliver your shipment on time and free from unexpected problems.) ---- Professional moving companies usually request for a nominal amount as ‘deposit’ for ‘good faith’. FMCSA also prohibit large upfront payments to protect you and your shipment, and requires full payment only when the goods are delivered in good and acceptable condition at destination, for fear that companies may be apt to be lukewarm in service and resolving problems if they have received large deposits. So if your chosen mover asks for a substantial amount as ‘earnest money’ or anything else, you may want to change movers. Online scam movers usually do it this way.
Q
Should I tip the mover? How much should I tip the mover?
 
Is it mandatory to tip the moving crew? If so, how much is the standard amount?
A
It’s always difficult to decide on whether and how much to tip the movers. There are no set rules, so it’s up to you to decide what you want to do based on the service that you received. Professional movers are expected to be careful to protect your belongings and the walls, floors and doorways of your home. Still, movers, just like any other service provider, always appreciate recognition for a job well done. Another nice thing to do is to provide beverages (water, sports drinks, sodas, but nothing alcoholic) and food (breakfast rolls, sandwiches, pizza, cookies) throughout the day. You should also advise the crew which restroom you want them to use. ---- As in other services, tips are in reality not mandatory, yet service people appreciate rewards for doing a good job, signified by a tip. You may want instead to provide (non-alcoholic) drinks like sodas and sports drinks ---even just water--- and some food (sandwiches, pizza, cookies) to let them rest awhile and replenish energy. Not set rules on amounts if you want to tip them afterwards, though you may consider yourself in their position and decide the extra amount you will be thankful to accept for your service.
Q
What’s the difference between "valuation" and "insurance"?
 
How do ‘valuation’ and ‘insurance’ differ?
A
Some movers may also offer to sell, or procure for you, separate added liability insurance if you release your shipment for transportation at a value of 60 cents per pound per article (the Alternative Level of Liability). This is not valuation coverage governed by Federal law, but optional insurance that is regulated under state law. If you purchase this separate coverage, in the event of loss or damage which is the responsibility of the mover, the mover is liable only for an amount not exceeding 60 cents per pound per article, and the balance of the loss is recoverable from the insurance company up to the amount of insurance purchased. The mover’s representative can advise you of the availability of such liability insurance and the cost. If you purchase this separate liability insurance from or through your mover, be sure to get a copy of the policy or other document at the time of purchase. ---- Valuation is the amount the mover is liable for your goods during shipment, usually at the rate of 60 cents per pound per item (Alternative Level of Liability), and actually optional under state laws’ regulation. Insurance is the coverage you purchase against loss or damage that your mover may recommend to fully protect your goods. If you have both, and loss/damage occurs, the mover will cover only the 60 cents per pound per article, while the balance of the insured value will come from the insurance company. Be sure to get a copy of the insurance policy and other relevant documents prior to moving date.
Q
What information should I receive from my mover before my move?
 
What do I need to have from the company before moving day?
A
If you are moving interstate, you should read and understand all of the information you will receive. In addition to brochures explaining their various services, moving companies are required to give you a copy of two (2) consumer booklets – one entitled "Ready To Move" and the second entitled "Your Rights and Responsibilities When You Move" and information regarding the mover’s participation in a Dispute Settlement (Arbitration) Program. Distribution of the consumer booklets and the requirement that movers must offer shippers neutral arbitration as a means of settling certain types of disputes that may arise on household goods shipments are requirements of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), an agency of the US Department of Transportation. ---- Before moving date, you should have the estimate, any document or brochure detailing the services to be granted, a copy each of the consumer booklets "Ready To Move" and "Your Rights and Responsibilities When You Move", and your mover’s participation in the Dispute Settlement (Arbitration) Program as an avenue for settling disputes. This last is a required of movers by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) of the US Department of Transportation. Be sure to have, read and understand each before moving.
Q
How do I contact my mover if I have a complaint or inquiry?
 
How do I initiate lodging a complaint or inquiry?
A
Your mover should also provide you with a written description of their customer complaint and inquiry handling procedures, including a telephone number that you may use to communicate with your mover, accompanied by a clear statement of who shall pay for such calls.
Q
What if my mover is late?
 
What happens if the mover fails to deliver my goods on time?
A
If the mover fails to pickup and deliver your shipment on the agreed dates and you have expenses that you otherwise would not have experienced, you may be able to recover these expenses from the mover through what is termed a claim of inconvenience or delay. Ask your mover before your move what payment or other arrangements you can expect if your shipment is unduly delayed through the fault of the mover. ---- Any expenses you may have incurred because the mover failed to deliver on the agreed dates may be compensated by what is called claim of inconvenience or delay. Be sure to be familiar with the options before moving date.
Q
What if I need special dates for pickup and delivery?
 
What are my options if I must move on certain dates?
A
When it is critical that the move be performed on specific dates (to meet landlord requirements, real estate closing dates or job or school-related dates), you may want to select a service option offered by many movers called Guaranteed Pickup and Delivery Service. Under this option, you enter into an agreement with your mover that provides for the shipment to be picked up and delivered on specific guaranteed dates. If the mover fails to provide the service as agreed, you are entitled to be compensated at a predetermined daily rate or to be reimbursed for a portion of your documented expenses, as provided for in the agreement. Typical agreements provide for a daily reimbursement of $125.00 or for a percentage of documented out-of-pocket expenses. ---- When for some reasons you MUST move on specific dates, you can opt for Guaranteed Pickup and Delivery Service, where the mover compensates you for every day they fail to pick-up or deliver your shipment. The usual rate is about $125.00 per day of delay, or a portion of documented expenses you incur due to the delays.
Q
What is an "Order for Service" document?
 
What is the ‘Order for Service’?
A
After you have selected a mover and accepted their estimate, the next order of business is a document called an Order for Service. The order for service is a document required by the regulations that provides you with written confirmation of the requested services that your mover is to perform in conjunction with your move. The Order for Service must list the agreed dates for the pickup and delivery of your shipment, and the amount of valuation requested ("valuation" is explained further below), along with any special services that you have ordered, and a place and telephone number where you can contact your mover during the move. The order for service must also show the charges that will be assessed for your move. If the shipment is moving under a non-binding estimate, the order for service must indicate the amount of the estimated non-binding charges, the method of payment for the charges and in case the actual charges exceed the non-binding estimate, the maximum amount that you will be required to pay at the time of delivery to obtain possession of your shipment (your mover will invoice you for the balance of the charges due). If the shipment is moving under a binding estimate, the order for service must show the charges that you will be required to pay at delivery, based on the binding estimate, and the terms of payment. ---- This is the document that details the contract of shipment of your goods. As provided for in the regulations, the ‘Order of Service’ must contain the vital information such as dates of pick-up and delivery, requested valuation of the shipment, special services agreed on if any, places or numbers to contact while your shipment is in transit, charges, fees and total payables. If it has been negotiated under a binding estimate, it must include the total payable at delivery and the specified terms of payment. If under a non-binding estimate, the total charges must be indicated as well, payment method at destination, and should the actual costs be over the estimate, the maximum payment due at destination prior to delivery (any balance should be payable later), and payment terms.
Q
What are my responsibilities during moving?
 
What must I do when moving?
A
1.Be present during the packing of your belongings,2.Take personal responsibility for jewelry and other high value items. 3.Check and sign the inventory of your belongings. 4.Ensure that no prohibited items are packed. ---- Witness the packing of your goods; be personally responsible for jewelry and your other valuable items, scrutinize the inventory in the Bill of Lading, Order of Service and other documents, and make sure no illegal or prohibited items are included in your shipment.
Q
So what can or can't I take with me?
 
What articles should not be brought along in a move?
A
Generally speaking, dispose of all flammable items, liquids, foods and other items that should not be shipped. Anything that can deteriorate should not be shipped. If you have a question about something, just call and ask. ---- Basically, anything that are flammable, liquids that might spill, food and articles that may spoil. Just ask your mover.
Q
Are there any items that cannot be transported?
 
What should not be shipped?
A
Well, mainly those things you might expect - drugs and alcohol. Most forms of weapons can be transported as long as they are properly documented and prepared - some exceptions (i.e. Canada, International) do apply. Shipping certain high value items or collections may require you to purchase extra coverage. ---- All the prohibited items like illegal drugs and alcohol. Guns may be allowed if properly licensed and documented for transport, although they are not allowed in border crossing (such as into Canada) and international shipments. High value articles may need additional insurance coverage.
Q
What about my car?
 
How about taking the car?
A
Most of the time we can take your car(s), truck or SUV with the rest of your belongings in the trailer or container. If this is not possible, we can arrange for an alternate method. We do not transport cars as part of a regular local move, however. ---- If the car cannot be contained in the van or truck along with the other goods, alternative means will be sought. Cars are not included in local moves, however.
Q
Suppose I pack myself?
 
What if I pack my goods myself?
A
Why not? But be aware of the potential problems. For instance, valuation coverage will not pay out on goods packed by their owner, unless the exterior of the box is damaged. ---- It can save you money and time. However, most movers will not give valuation coverage for items packed by owner (PBO) unless the exterior of the box or carton is damaged.
Q
When should I begin to contact companies about my upcoming move?
 
How soon do I seek moving companies for a planned move?
A
It is a good idea to contact the moving companies you are considering for your move with as much notice as possible. It is ideal to have companies provide an estimate five to six weeks prior to your desired move date. Try to select the moving company four weeks before your moving date. Be sure to sign the Estimate/Order for Service and confirm your packing, pickup and delivery dates. ---- As soon as possible, mentioning your intended moving dates. But at least 5-6 weeks prior to your desired dates, and choose which company 4 weeks prior to the dates. You must have signed the estimate or order of service to confirm the pickup/delivery dates, services they should render and the coverage details included.
Q
What is an in-home survey?
 
In-home survey: What is it and what is included in one?
A
Your Crown Consultant will come to your home to complete a visual survey of the belongings you plan to move. He or she has been trained specifically for this purpose and will be able to provide you with an accurate estimate of your belongings. Your estimate is based on a wide variety of factors, the two main ones being shipment weight and distance to destination. In addition, they will evaluate the need for professional services, such as packing and unpacking, appliance preparation, custom crating and storage. Your Consultant will need to look in cabinets, closets, under beds and any other area that the items to be moved are not visible. In order to get an accurate estimate, all items that are going to be moved need to be taken into account. If you know that items you plan to move are out of view, point them out. In addition, if you have items you do not plan to move, point them out too. He or she will be able to pinpoint all of the potential costs and service requirements of your relocation. Removing guesswork from the equation gives you a reasonable, highly accurate estimate and gives Crown an educated, highly-satisfied customer. ---- An in-home survey is when the moving company agent comes to your home to more accurately assess the items for the shipping estimate. Aside from weight and distance, the agent may also look at the need for packing, preparing the appliances for shipment, special needs for crates or storage. When the agent comes for the survey, be sure to inform him which items will not be shipped and the hidden or absent ones for shipment. A complete in-house survey will enable the company to more accurately estimate your costs, avoiding problems and misunderstanding later.
Q
What is an Inventory?
 
What does ‘inventory’ mean?
A
The inventory is the form that lists all of the items that you are shipping and their condition. Both you and the driver will sign the inventory after the shipment is loaded and unloaded. The inventory is also used to document any change in the condition of your items or any missing items at delivery. ---- The inventory is the list of all items for shipment and their condition on loading, as differentiated from the Bill of Lading, which lists the boxes, cartons and loose items. The inventory becomes important on unloading to pinpoint missing or damaged items. You and the driver or crew chief sign the inventory and keep a copy.
Q
Can I leave the items in my dresser drawers?
 
Is it okay to leave items in the dresser drawers during the move?
A
Yes, you can leave clothing in your dresser drawers if your shipment will not need storage. If you will need storage at one of Wheaton’s Agencies, we recommend that all items in your dresser drawers be packed. We also recommend that all non-clothing items be packed, regardless of your storage needs. ---- Yes, if you will not need storage of your shipment you can leave your clothes in the dresser drawers to save space. Otherwise, it is advised that everything be packed away. In all cases, however, all non-clothing items be packed for shipment to prevent damage and loss.
Q
Will the packer load the boxes that I packed?
 
Will the boxes I packed myself be included in the shipment?
A
Yes, the driver will load the boxes that you packed as long as the driver deems them safe for transport. Please note, the liability coverage for boxes that you pack yourself is not the same as the liability coverage available to you for carrier packed boxes. ---- Yes they will be if the driver believes that have been packed correctly or adequately. However, remember that the mover’s valuation liability is less on packed-by-owner (PBO) boxes than those packed by the carrier.
Q
Will the Packing Crew Use the Original Packing Materials for My Appliances?
 
Are the original packing materials vital to pack the appliances?
A
If you have any of the original cartons and packing materials for your appliances or other household items, make sure that you inform your Crew Supervisor. He or she will inspect the materials to determine whether your goods will be safer using these or our own specialized packing materials. ---- The crew supervisor may look them over to determine their suitability, and will use them if so. Otherwise, he will use our specialized materials designed specifically for moving.
Q
What can I expect on moving day?
 
What happens on moving day?
A
On moving day, you can relax and leave all of the hard work to the professionals. When your Wheaton driver arrives at your home, he will conduct an initial walk through of your home. This is a good opportunity to let the driver know what items will be shipped and which items will stay. The crew will then prepare your house by protecting the floors and doorways. Once loading is ready to begin, the Crew Supervisor will use the inventory form to document the items, and their condition, before loading them for transport. The crew will wrap furniture pads (specially designed blankets) around your furniture to protect it from scratches and other damage. Overstuffed furniture (couches, etc.) will be wrapped in stretch wrap to help prevent damage. Once an item is properly protected it will be loaded on the truck. ---- First the Wheaton driver will go through your house to assess the goods for shipment. Be sure to indicate which are for shipping and which are not. The crew will next prepare to move the items, protecting the house (floor, walls, dividers, etc) from possible damage. They will wrap the furniture with special protector pads or stretch wraps prior to moving them out of the house for loading. All you do is witness what they do, indicate which items are for shipping, maybe provide some food and drink once in a while and generally not get in the way as the crew works.
Q
Why is Transit Protection Necessary?
 
Is Transit Protection really important?
A
While Crown’s professional crew will pack your belongings as safely and securely as possible, it is important to note that these items will be traveling on a boat, plane, truck or other mode of transport—all of which carry inherent risks. Your personal insurance policies (homeowners, renters or automobile policies) likely provide very limited, if any, coverage for your personal belongings while they are in transit or located in a foreign country. This is why we recommend that you protect your shipment properly with a CrownCare Transit Protection Policy. ---- Your properties will be packed professionally by Crown crews, but since the goods may be shipped overland, by air, and perhaps by sea, they are subject to different risks. These your insurance may not cover adequately, so we advise additional coverage via the Transit Protection Policy.
Q
What have you do in the case of contact expiration?
 
What would you advise in case of imminent contract expiration?
A
In this case you can get an advice from your moving company agent who could recommend you the types and cost estimates of moving services that are available with them. If your delivery and pickup dates are critical because of such factors as real estate closing or lease expiration, you could choose some additional cost services which will enable your moving company to accommodate more precise and reasonable schedule. ---- It will best to get your moving company agent’s recommendation on how you can move at the specified dates. He can give you cots and estimates and explain the various services that may be necessary to get you moving on the right dates.
Q
Do you really need a moving estimate?
 
Are moving estimates really important?
A
Today moving companies will suggest you a pre-move survey of your household goods to be transported. This survey is aimed to determine an appropriate cost and the needed space for moving your household items. If you are going to move to the other state, you have to pay the charges that are determined by the distance that is needed to be covered, the weight of your goods and the services that you choose to use. ---- A moving estimate will let you know how much you would spend for moving so you can prepare it. It would likewise explain the interstate fees and charges, services needed, and approximate coverage to recompense for lost or damaged goods.
Q
Do you need to pay for the moving estimation?
 
Are moving estimations paid?
A
It is necessary to keep into the mind that the moving estimations is absolutely free of charge, so you do not have to worry about paying for a moving estimation. ---- Moving estimates are free. Do not pay any requests for upfront payments for estimates of any type.
Q
What is it necessary to consider while moving?What is it necessary to consider while moving?
 
What are the important moving considerations?
A
You have to determine whether the move has to be made immediately or the move could be scheduled for a time when there is not so great demand for relocation. ---- First, you should consider whether you could move during a less busy season or dates, then the process and details of moving, and last the valuation coverage needed.
Q
Is there anything I should keep with me and not load on the truck?
 
What should I take with me and not load in the moving van or truck?
A
Be sure to carry enough clothing, medications, toiletries, etc. To last from the load date until the last day of the delivery spread. We do suggest that you keep small valuables such as jewelry and family photographs and videos with you during the move. ---- Bring with you your personal medicines and enough clothes and toiletries to last through to the last delivery date. Take with you your small valuables, jewelry, photos, and videos.
Q
When will my belongings be delivered?
 
When should be the delivery?
A
Before your belongings are loaded on the truck, you and your moving counselor should have agreed on a delivery spread of 1-4 days based on shipment size, distance to destination and time of year. You will receive notification of delivery two days prior to delivery. You, or someone you have designated on your North American Van Lines paperwork to take your place, must be present to accept delivery and pay all charges. In the event that no one is available, your shipment could be placed in storage at an additional charge. Be sure that you give your moving counselor telephone numbers where you can be reached throughout the move. ---- Before the move may begin, you and the company will have agreed on the 1-4 dates of delivery, according to size of shipment, destination and season. Two days prior to actual delivery date, you will get notified so you can be present to accept delivery and give payment. Otherwise, the goods may be put in storage on your account.
Q
What should I do to prepare to move my waterbed?
 
What is the proper process for moving a waterbed?
A
Waterbeds need to be drained completely. Fiber-filled waterbeds need to be professionally vacuum-drained in advance of your move date. Your moving counselor can refer you to a professional to perform these services or we can arrange them for you. ---- Waterbeds must be completely drained of water prior to moving. Fiber-filled ones may need vacuum-draining. Your agent can recommend professionals to do this.
Q
What's the best way to prepare children for a move?
 
Any advice on preparing the children for moving?
A
Keep familiar items (toys, books, blankets, teddy bears, etc.) available. And don't pack the pacifier! If possible, take your children to your new community before the move to acquaint them with their new surroundings. ---- For small children, make their favorite playthings on hand to keep them occupied while on the move. If practical, take them there ahead of the moving van to familiarize them to the new environment.
Q
Can a mover transport our pets and plants to our new home?
 
Is transporting plants and pets with the mover allowed?
A
The U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) allows us to move plants if the trip is less than 150 miles and under 24 hours. However, some states may want to quarantine them anyway. In the event that this should happen, we can't ensure their proper care and unfortunately, cannot be held responsible for their final condition. The DOT prohibits the shipping of animals in moving vans. If your pets or plants can't travel with you, ask your North American agent service counselor to help you make arrangements to safely transport them to your new home. ---- The US Department of Transportation only allows transport of plants if the destination is within 150-mile radius from origin, and the trip takes less than a day. However, some destination states may still quarantine the plants depending on their laws. The mover cannot thus guarantee the plants’’ condition in such a case. As to animals, the DOT disallows moving them along with the goods in the van. If you cannot take the pets and plants along in your car, you can ask your agent to make separate arrangements for their transport.
Q
What are inventory exceptions?
 
What is an ‘inventory exception’?
A
When your household goods are delivered to your new home, your van operator will ask you to check off items as they are removed from the van and sign the inventory of household goods. If any items or cartons are missing or damaged, you must note this on the inventory sheet at the time of delivery. This is known as an "inventory exception" and is for your protection. signing the inventory is a declaration that all items and cartons were received and arrived in their original condition. we don't expect you to unpack every carton before signing. If for any reason you were unable or refused to sign the inventory exception document, please indicate this in writing on the sheet and notify North American immediately at: 1.800.348.2111. ---- As your goods are unloaded at destination, the driver or crew chief will ask you to check the articles according to the inventory. Any missing or damaged article, box or carton must be recorded in the inventory as so. This ‘inventory exception’, because signing the inventory means you received all goods in their original state as when loaded. Unpacking and examining every article before the inventory is signed is not practical, so if for any reason you cannot sign the inventory, you may indicate such in writing and inform North American right away at 1.800.348.2111.
Q
What are accessorial services and what do they cost?
 
Please explain ‘accessorial services’ and their costs?
A
Accessorial services are any services provided to you in addition to the linehaul transportation. Ask your agent service counselor to fully explain the total range of services available - including: crating, packing, unpacking or appliance services. ---- ‘Accessorial services’ are those provided beyond simple loading/unloading and transport. Some may be packing, crating, appliance preparation services and unpacking. Please inquire of your agent or service counselor for the complete line of services.
Q
What should I do with gas in the lawnmower, leftover paint, turpentine, etc.?
 
What about gasoline in power engines, leftover turpentine, paint and similar items?
A
It's against the law for movers to transport flammable, combustible or corrosive materials. safely drain or dispose of these materials including: household paints, bleaches, propane tanks, gas cans and fuel in power equipment. ---- Transporting flammable and combustible materials is prohibited by law so it is best to drain off the fuel in mower engines, gas in propane containers, bleaches in plastic bottles, paint in tin cans. Else, leave the smaller items behind, disposed of properly.
Q
What's the best way to prepare a PC for safe transport?
 
How do I prepare my PC for moving?
A
As with any delicate piece of electronic equipment, a few precautionary measures will ensure its safe arrival. A few suggestions: Make backup copies of all your data files. Remove any diskettes from the disk drives and replace them with blank or disposable diskettes for transport. Move PCs in their original carton when possible. Your local computer dealer can help...that's part of their expertise. ---- Do it like moving any electronic device, very carefully. Back up your important files, replace the disk in drives with blank or unusable ones, place the items in their original packages and Styrofoam materials if possible. Else, consult your local computer shop: they would know better.
Q
What happens when a relocation consultant comes to my home?
 
What will the relocation agent do when he comes to the house?
A
The relocation consultant will arrive at your home to complete the visual survey of your items. Once this is completed, Don't be alarmed if the relocation consultant goes through all your cabinets and closets or looks under beds and on top of cabinets. He or she must be able to see what is moving and possibly needs packing. If you know of items that are out of view, be certain to point them out to the relocation consultant. If there are items you will be eliminating, be sure to point them out. The relocation consultant will calculate the weight, packing cost and any other charge related to your move. Remember that the relocation consultant must clearly see what you are moving in order to provide you with an accurate estimate. Crawl spaces, attics and cluttered closets can be deceiving, so organize your house before the relocation consultant arrives. ---- The relocation agent will do an ocular survey of the goods for transport, calculating the weight and volume. He may inspect the cabinets and closets to see what needs packing in boxes, cartons or crates. Please show him the hidden or absent items, and those to be left behind. The ocular survey is to determine the as-near-to-actual-cost estimate amount, so please prepare the goods prior to his arrival.
Q
What is an order for service?
 
Can you define what an ‘order of service’ is?
A
All movers are required to prepare an Order for Service before they transport your shipment. The order for service provides you with written confirmation of the services that you requested to be performed in conjunction with your shipment. It lists the agreed upon dates for the pickup and delivery of your shipment and the amount of valuation that you requested, along with any special services that you ordered and a place and telephone number where the mover can contact you during the move. ---- It is the list of services the company will perform relative to your moving. The order should include the dates of delivery and pick up, valuation coverage amounts, ancillary services like packing, crating, and your and the driver’s respective contact numbers.
Q
How far in advance do I need to book my move?
 
How early must I contract my moving?
A
BuildMyMove™ has an extensive network of fully equipped moving vans, and professional moving labor help. Short notice moves are usually no problem but to guarantee availability it is recommended that customers book their move as early as possible, because service is based on transportation and moving labor availability. ---- As early as possible so it can be scheduled more firmly by the company. Short trips are often not very problematic as they can be squeezed between schedules, but interstate moves require more resources that BuildMyMove can provide in a jiffy, despite its extensive network of equipped vans and available personnel services.
Q
Will an in-home estimate be required?
 
Is an in-home estimate a must-have?
A
In home moving estimates are not required because BuildMyMove’s Move Coordinators can take customers information and ask the proper questions over the phone. They have been fully trained to ask the correct questions needed to accurately estimate the size of the move. ---- Preferably but not absolutely necessary. BuilMyMove agents could ask the needed questions over the phone to estimate the volume and weight of the shipment.
Q
Why is flat rate pricing by linear feet better than charging by weight or hourly?
 
What are the advantages of using linear feet pricing over hourly rate or by weight pricing?
A
BuildMyMove™ has flat rate pricing for (4) separate service options: Transportation Only, Transportation with Loading help, Transportation with unloading help, or Transportation with loading and unloading help. When pricing is based on flat rate by linear feet, your cost is quoted to you up front and does not change. If the loading and/or unloading option(s) are chosen your cost does not change regardless of the number of hours it takes to load and/or unload. There are no hidden charges, overtime charges or move-day disputes and arguments. BuildMyMove estimates your move size based on the information you provide online or over the phone. The price you are quoted is the price you are charged. ---- Linear feet pricing is guaranteed not to change even if loading/unloading takes longer than expected. No hidden or additional fees are charged nor overtime payment. BuildMyMove has 4 options: Transport only, transport plus unloading, transport plus loading, transport plus unloading and loading. Any option quotes the final payable.
Q
When should I contact a moving company to organize my pending international move?
 
how soon do I seek an international mover?
A
Timely preparation is the key ingredient to a successful international move. You should contact your international mover approximately seven to ten weeks prior to your intended date of departure. This will allow sufficient time to confirm documentation requirements, pre-book international transportation services and pre-advise the destination agent of the forthcoming international shipment. ---- At least 7 weeks prior to your desired date of moving, to enable the carrier to complete documentation, book the transport services needed, advise the destination agent of the move and complete the packing of goods if needed.
Q
How do I know that I'm dealing with a reputable company?
 
How can I be sure my mover is reputable and reliable?
A
It's important that you verify the credentials of any moving company, but particularly for an international move.A-1 Freeman International manages international moves for major Fortune 500 companies on a worldwide basis. Last year, the A-1 Freeman International network and its sister companies handled over 120,000 international household moves. ---- Verify its credentials carefully, or check it with A-1 Freeman International, which manages worldwide relocations for the main Fortune 500 companies. A-1 Freeman handled about 120,000 international moves last year.
Q
What should the representative visiting my home be able to tell me about my international move?
 
What information do I get from the agent of an international move when he comes to me?
A
Your representative should be able to describe every aspect of your forthcoming international move. This should include all services; packing, crating, transit times, insurance, unpacking, storage and customer service capabilities. The representative should be able to advise you of the different shipping options available to your overseas destination, as well as making an accurate estimate of the volume and weight of your shipment. In addition, you should be given an overview of the paperwork that will be required, information on the company selected to deliver your possessions in the destination country and advice on how to prepare for the international move. Within a day or two of completion of the pre-move survey, the moving company should provide you with a written estimate that explains the level of service to be provided and confirms the recommended shipping option. ---- The agent should be able to answer your questions about their services such as packing, insurance, storage, or travel time. He must be able to inform you of shipping options, estimate the volume of your goods and the approximate cost of the move. Plus he must know about what documents are needed to ship the goods to the destination ports and into your new address. After one or two days, the company should send you an estimate detailing the services they will provide and your desired shipping option.
Q
What are the different cost/service options available to me?
 
Can I select the manner of my international move?
A
When moving overseas you have a number of service options available to you. You may select a service based on the price, transit time, method of containerization, routing consolidation opportunities, sea or air freight, port of exit, etc. Each option's cost component determines the amount you'll pay. In general terms, it is advisable to select the most direct route with a minimum amount of handling. However, every move and personal budget is different so it is important that you work with your A-1 Freeman International representative to determine the best service to meet your personal needs. ---- You can select options on transit methods (by air or sea) and time, cargo consolidation, containerizing, port of exit, with their corresponding costs. It is best, though, to select the shortest route and least handling, but each mover has his own budget, so threshing with you’re a-1 Freeman International agent the best options for you is highly recommended.
Q
Can international moving companies provide insurance for my international move?
 
Will my international be insured?
A
All reputable international moving companies will be able to provide you with coverage for your household and personal effects during an international move. There is no one standard international moving coverage available that all international moving companies utilize. It is important, therefore, that you check any policy to determine the extent of the coverage, the nature of any exclusions, the amount of any deductible and the procedure in the event that you have to file a claim. If you would like more information about A-1 Freeman International's insurance program, just ask your A-1 Freeman International Representative. ---- Reputable moving companies usually have their own insurance options to offer their customers, but there is no universal coverage used by all. It is thus very wise to explore the policies offered through the coverage, exclusion clauses, deductible amounts and the claims process in case of loss or damage. Or simply inquire of your a-1 Freeman agent about our international insurance details.
Q
How do I determine the level of insurance coverage that is required for my belongings in an international move?
 
How is the insurance coverage level for an international move determined?
A
In general, you should think about what it would cost to replace your household goods and personal effects in the country of destination. Some consulates and embassies will carry cost of living and price index data that you can refer to as a guideline. When completing your international valuation paperwork, please be as detailed as possible. Remember to mark down individual items that have a high replacement cost. It's better to have too much information than not enough in this instance. If you have any questions relating to the coverage on your international move, contact your A-1 Freeman International representative immediately. ---- Essentially, if you want to set the coverage level yourself, think how much the item would cost in your country of destination. You can refer to your embassy perhaps if they cost of living or price index on which you can base your calculations. Indicate the high value items when filling up your valuation documents, and include as much details as you can. It will help greatly during claims. You can ask you’re a-1 Freeman agent for assistance should you have questions about insurance.
Q
Who will provide delivery services at destination?
 
What agencies will deliver my goods at the point of destination?
A
A1 Freeman International has developed a comprehensive network of corporate overseas agents based on their quality of service and experience. We are proud that we have over 380 international agents who represent us around the world today. Your overseas offices and agents provide services and expertise in the following areas: Port of arrival and customs clearance procedures Transportation from the destination port of arrival Temporary or long term storage if required Delivery to residence Full unpacking services Removal of all related packing debris ---- A1 Freeman has over 380 affiliate agents worldwide whom we selected based on their service quality and experience. They will help you at the port of arrival to deal with customs, transport your shipment from port to your address, find storage if required, and provide unpacking help and disposal of packing materials.
Q
Where should I go to find the most up-to-date information regarding customs clearance documentation requirements?
 
Where do I find the latest info on requirements to clear my goods through customs?
A
Due to the frequency in which paperwork requirements change, it's important (and ultimately your responsibility) to contact the local embassy or consulate to verify the documentation that is needed to obtain duty-free entry of used household goods and personal effects. Although a reputable international moving company will have a list of the most recent documentation requirements, it's still your responsibility to make sure that you have the correct documentation for your personal situation. ---- Documentary requirements on international moving change often, so it is your responsibility to determine whether you have the latest one. Although a moving company can help, you can contact your embassy or consulate to verify that what you have are the correct ones or those in force.
Q
Why should I use more expensive movers as opposed to labor assistance?
 
Why is the complete service better than just seeking labor help?
A
The Mover service is ideal for a customer who really wants to be more hands-off and let the experts do all of the work. This service of course comes with our standard insurance policy which gives customers additional peace of mind that their belongings will be protected from harm. ---- The Mover option assures you that your goods will be handled expertly and professionally. Plus, it has a standard insurance coverage against loss or damage.
Q
How big of a truck do I need?
 
What size truck or van should I hire?
A
This depends primarily on the number of rooms you are moving. This can vary based on the size of furniture you have and the amount of furniture that you have in each room. However, for a good starting point to decide the size of the right moving truck or van. ---- It depends actually on the volume and weight of your shipment, for instance, the size and number of your furniture.
Q
Where can I purchase moving boxes?
 
Where do I look for moving boxes?
A
There are a number of great places you can go to get boxes, even your local grocery store may provide recycled boxes! Remember there are a great variety of boxes available to suit many needs from packing clothes, dishes or even flat-panel televisions. ---- A good number of places, even your friendly neighborhood grocery store. You can find use for practically every variety of box, as each may be suited for at least a few kinds of household items from clothes to silverware, books to flat TV
Q
Do I really need tie-downs and blankets?
 
Are tie-downs and blankets truly necessary?
A
To ensure that your items don't shift while you are driving your moving van or truck and to protect your more delicate pieces like bed frames, book shelves, china cabinets and other important family heirlooms it is necessary to provide the appropriate number of blankets and tie-downs. You may purchase these from Penske Truck Rental's online moving supplies shop or check with your local Penske shop. We recommend at least 2 dozen blankets per room being moved (this number will vary depending on the type of furniture you have in each room). ---- Tie-downs prevent your furniture from moving within the truck while in transit, and blankets will protect the finish from abrading damage through contact with other items or materials. Delicate items like china cabinets with glass panes, open book shelves, bed frames and other personally valuable items avoid damage via tie-downs and blankets.
Q
What kind of tools do the movers bring with them?
 
Are moving crews always equipped with tools? What are they?
A
Our movers bring a set of standard tools including a flat head and Phillips screwdriver, a hammer and assorted wrenches. They will also supply a dolly or hand-truck for moving heavier items. ---- Moving crews usually bring with them different sizes of screwdrivers, hammers, wrenches and similar common tools for removing or disassembling items. Dollies or hand-trucks are also often used to move heavy or large items.
Q
Can I be reimbursed for moving myself in a rental truck?
 
If I do the move myself using rental trucks, will I be reimbursed of my expenses?
A
Yes. Be sure to save all of your receipts for the truck, fuel, and packing materials including blankets, boxes, tape, etc. ---- Yes, as long as the correct and official receipts for truck rent, fuel, and packing needs are presented.
Q
Who contacts the mover to get my relocation started?
 
Who gets to initiate the move?
A
The Relocation Coordinator will contact the mover to establish your benefits and relay information about your move. Most communications are conducted via email to ensure an audit trail. ---- The relocation coordinator informs the mover to begin the moving process. Communications are usually via emails for speed and documentation purposes.
Q
What information does the Relocation Coordinator need to provide to the relocation company?
 
What information is given by the coordinator to the moving company?
A
As a minimum, the following information is needed:1. Current address of the household goods.2. Contact information, including cell phone and preferred email.3. Desired date for pack-up.4. Any special needs such as unusually large items.5. Prospective address, if known. ---- The absolutely needed information include current address of the goods for pick-up; contact details as phone numbers and email address; dates for picking up the shipment; equipment needs like trolleys or handtrucks to move heavy items and destination address.
Q
Will the moving company visit my house or apartment first before packing, or do they just come and figure it out when they arrive?
 
Does the company pre-visit to determine packing needs or improvise on packing day?
A
Typically a moving company representative will conduct an on-site visit to determine the estimated weight and cube of your household goods. In cases where the household goods shipment is relatively small, a phone interview may be conducted in lieu of an on-site visit. ---- Usually a company representative will visit beforehand to estimate the needs and volume of the goods if the shipment is large enough. Otherwise, he may just call to interview the owner instead of visiting.
Q
What if I want to ship my vehicle(s) rather than drive them to the new location? How is this handled? If I do this, can I be reimbursed for use of rental cars?
 
What happens if I wish to ship my car instead of driving it to the destination? will I be reimbursed for using rental cars in the meantime?
A
Consult your offer letter. Relocations within the continental United States do not generally offer relocation of vehicles. If you are moving from outside of the continental US, the relocation company will ship the vehicle, if authorized in the offer letter. Rental cars are generally authorized in cases where vehicle shipment is involved. ---- The offer letter should indicate what are allowed and what are not. Moving within the 48 states usually do not include shipping the car, but in international moves it may be done so car rental may be reimbursable. Check with the agent.
Q
Do I need to disassemble my furniture?
 
Must I knock my furniture down for shipping?
A
No, the movers will do that for you. Any furniture you want to have disassembled should be identified during the household goods survey with the moving company representative to ensure the proper time is allotted and tools are brought. ---- Not necessarily; the movers normally do that as part of loading process. However, you must identify the furniture for disassembly when the company agent visits your house so the moving crew can bring the right tools and make time allowance for the job.
Q
Do I need to disconnect my appliances?
 
Should the appliances need to be disconnected?
A
This is an item you want to discuss during the household goods survey with the moving company representative. Disconnecting of gas lines and hard wired electrical service is generally not included. ---- You should discuss this with the company agent since disconnecting the piped gas supply and electric services are not usually part of the service.
Q
What if I want to pack some of my own goods?
 
Can I pack a few of my goods myself?
A
You may pack whatever you want however you should be aware that the moving company will label those items as “packed by owner” (PBO). This designation will reduce your ability to obtain reimbursement if the item is broken in transit. ---- You can do the packing yourself, either partly or all of the shipment, but the boxes will be marked PBO (packed by owner) so that the company’s liability over them for any damage is less.
Q
Are my belongings insured during transit, and what is covered by this insurance?
 
Are the goods covered by insurance while on the move and what are the covers?
A
Yes, you are covered by replacement value insurance that includes loss, breakage, water damage, etc. The mover has the option to repair, replace with like kind item, or pay the replacement value. There is generally a limitation of $75,000 on the lot of household goods shipped. Individuals may increase the coverage, if desired, but at their own expense. Contact your Relocation Coordinator to discuss the option and pricing. ---- The goods are covered by insurance called replacement value coverage. It means the damaged or lost goods may be replaced with similar items, paid according to the declared values or repaired if possible. The total coverage usually does not exceed $75,000 for the shipment, although the owner may buy additional coverage himself. Discuss the options and coverage details with the coordinator.
Q
Is there assistance available for completing the Relocation Expense Voucher?
 
Will the company help complete the Relocation Expense Voucher?
A
The Relocation Coordinator is usually the person you will meet with or send your paper work to. To ensure you receive the correct reimbursement, do not send your Relocation Expense Voucher to Fiscal without having it reviewed by the Relocation Coordinator. ---- The Relocation Coordinator is your contact person with the company including handling the documents. To be reimbursed correctly, do not send the reimbursement documents or relocation expense voucher (REV) to the fiscal officer without prior knowledge of the coordinator.
Q
What information do I need to complete the Relocation Expense Voucher?
 
What documents and information must I have to fill the REV?
A
You will need to have all of your receipts for transportation, lodging, passport processing, and reciprocity tax for Chile entry. If you are making a self-move, you will also need receipts for the moving truck, fuel, and materials purchased such as tape, boxes, blankets, etc. ---- Keep all your receipts for transportation, accommodations, passport expenses and tax reciprocity documents if you are entering Chile. If doing a self-move, keep all the receipts plus those for truck rental, fuel and packing materials.
Q
Are there tax consequences to my relocation?
 
Is my relocation move taxable?
A
If you refer to the Relocation Expense Voucher, you will notice that it is divided into two sides. All of the expenses on the left side are not taxable. These include your moving related personal car mileage rate, transportation costs, one day of lodging en route, and any moving costs you may have paid if you made a self move. All of the costs on the right side of the Relocation Expense Voucher are taxable items. These items include per diem, temporary housing, and other items that may be incorporated into the offer letter. ---- The REV has two sides. The items in the left side are not taxable: car mileage, transport expenses, lodging costs not more than 1 day, and other expenses if it is a self-move. The items on the right portion are taxable, including the per diems received, transient housing usage and other items that may included in the offer letter.
Q
To import my household goods duty-free to France, will I need a change-of-residence certificate even though I am not a French national?
 
If I am moving into France, must I have a change-of-residence certificate although I am not a French citizen?
A
Yes. This will prove that you have lived outside of French territory for the twelve months before your move and are therefore entitled to import your goods free from duty. You can get this form from your local French embassy or consulate. ---- Yes, but only to prove you lived outside France for at least a year and thus can bring your goods into the country free of import duties. You can obtain the document from any French embassy or consulate.
Q
When should I contact an international moving company to organize my pending international move?
 
How soon must I contact a moving company for my relocation?
A
Timely preparation is the key ingredient to a successful international move. You should contact your international mover approximately seven to 10 weeks prior to your intended date of departure. This will allow sufficient time to confirm documentation requirements, pre-book international transportation services and pre-advise the destination agent of the forthcoming international shipment. ---- As early as 10 weeks but at least seven weeks before your desired departure dates. This would let the company time to prepare documents, contact transportation and obtain assistance services at ports of origin and destination plus other important matters.
Q
How do I know that I'm dealing with a reputable international moving company?
 
How will I recognize a reputable and reliable moving company?
A
It's important that you verify the credentials of any moving company, but particularly for an international move. North American International manages international moves for major Fortune 500 companies on a worldwide basis. Last year, the North American International network and its sister companies handled over 120,000 international household moves. ---- You can verify the company’s credentials through the Better Business Bureau, online business review sites, and local associations. This is important particularly when moving internationally. North American International has accomplished more than 120,000 household moves the previous year through its affiliates in its worldwide network. North American manages the moves of major Fortune 500 companies all over the world.
Q
Doesn’t it cost more to use a full-service mover?
 
Is full-service option more expensive?
A
When making the important decision of moving, it may seem as though doing it yourself is the most budget friendly option. However, after all factors are considered, hiring professional movers may be the more cost-effective solution. During a self-move, you are responsible for not only the cost of the rental moving truck, but for gas, tolls, lodging, food and other expenses. If it works out that the two moving options are comparably priced, or if professional movers are more expensive, consider what is gained by hiring a moving company. Hiring professional movers saves you time, stress and effort. Also, the moving services are entrusted to highly trained professionals who can efficiently pack, load, unload and unpack your things. Heavy appliances, large furniture and fragile items are difficult to load securely and unload without incurring damage. Skilled professional movers have the expertise to handle these more difficult belongings. Also, if any damage is incurred during moving, or if the items are lost in transit, the moving company bears the responsibility. If you self-move, any repairs or replacements are borne by you. ---- It would appear so, but remember that in moving your goods yourself, you will bear all expenses relative to it, including damage or loss of items. Truck rental, gas, toll fees, lodging expenses, food, and labor costs are all on you, plus the hassle of arranging and managing all these. While, for instance, you can load your furniture yourself onto the truck, it would be difficult for you, plus the items may be more prone to damage because of incorrect packing or loading. Whereas if you hire a professional moving crew, there is less worry and stress for you, the job will be done more swiftly and efficiently, and repairs, replacements or compensation for lost or damaged items will be borne by the company, not you.
Q
What are the other advantages offered by a full-service professional mover?
 
What other advantages can be derived from using full-service by a professional moving company?
A
Other moving services are also made available by a moving company such as valuation protection and disassembly/assembly. With options ranging from self-service to white glove moving services, professional movers are the smartest option. The stress, planning and physical exertion involved with moving is taxing on the mind and body. By delegating your move to professional movers, you can have more time and energy to put into acclimating yourself and your family to your new environment. ---- The additional advantages may include professional packing of the goods, quicker disassembly/assembly of certain articles (such as beds and furniture), and swifter loading and unloading. There is likewise less stress on the owner, and more time to devote to the personal needs of yourself and the family.
Q
If my new home isn’t ready, can I store my belongings?
 
If the new residence is still not ready to accept the goods, what happens?
A
Sometimes, even local moving services must include storage. Although you may be relocating a short distance, storage may still be needed – whether it is for a few extra boxes of summer clothes or an entire furniture set. Your Lile representative can help you with many storage options as part of our moving services. ---- Your goods will likely be put into storage-in-transit (SIT) safekeeping until they can be moved into the house. SIT frequently happens, even in local relocations, so discuss with your Lile agent the numerous options for SIT.
Q
I have a dog and a cat. How will you help me make arrangements for them during my move?
 
What would be the likely moving arrangements for my dog and cat?
A
If you are moving locally, we recommend that you arrange for a pet sitter on the day of your move since moving can be stressful for pets. For interstate, intrastate or international moves, Lile can arrange for transportation services for your pets so that they arrive safely in your new home through our partner, Pet Express. Pet Express provides professional, safe pet transport services anywhere in the world. ---- For local moves, a pet sitter may be needed to reduce relocation stress for pets. In international and longer moves, Lile can arrange for Pet Express to transport your pets safely to your new home. Pet Express is a Lile partner company and sends pets all over the world professionally.
Q
When I arrive at the destination my shipment may need to go into storage. Is it possible to have some of the items delivered to my temporary housing?
 
Is it possible to have some items sent to my temporary location while my goods go into storage?
A
Yes. When you meet with your Relocation Consultant note the items that you would like to be shipped to your temporary location. Either the Packers or the Driver will create a separate inventory for those items noting delivery to your temporary location. ---- Yes. You just need to indicate to the relocation consultant which of those items are so they can be packed and inventoried separately to facilitate sending them on to your temporary location.
Q
What is Logistics?
 
How is ‘Logistics’ defined?
A
The planning, execution and control of the movement and placement of people and/or goods and of the supporting activities related to such movement and placement within a system organized to achieve specific objectives. The procurement and physical transmission of material through the supply chain, from suppliers to customers. ---- ‘Logistics’ is the planning, implementation, and control or management of people, materials, support activities connected with moving, and the system created to achieve the intended goals. It is likewise the acquisition and moving through the chain of items, from producers to end-users.
Q
What is Reverse Logistics (Reverse Supply Chain Management)?
 
How is this related to ‘Reverse Logistics’ or ‘Reverse Supply Chain Management’?
A
The process of tracking items which are returned from customers and accounting for them in inventory; also includes resolving customer credit lines, automating return policies, curbing unauthorized returns, and arranging for disposal or recycling. ---- Reverse logistics is the method of identifying items returned by customers and incorporating them into the current inventory of materials. It may also mean resolving clients’ credit lines, creating and implementing return policies and processes, minimizing returns and disposing or recycling such materials or items.
Q
What does “fulfillment” mean?
 
What is ‘fulfillment’?
A
“Fulfillment” means helping you send your products to customers – from start to finish. We handle everything: warehousing, order processing, packaging, shipping and tracking. ---- ‘Fulfillment’ is full service – helping your products reach the customers, from the production side to marketing. We take care of every aspect: stocking and warehousing, order professing and management, packaging, shipping, tracking.
Q
How are U-Haul truck rates determined?
 
What variables influence U-Haul rates?
A
In-Town move rates include a set amount for the rental period, plus a per mile charge. One-way move rates are determined by a combination of truck size, point of origin, destination and the date of the move. The price includes an allowed mileage and a set number of days to complete your move. ---- For In-Town move rates, they are a specific amount for the rental and mileage charge. Per-way rates are based on size of truck/van to use, points of origin and destination, dates of moves and a few minor factors. The total cost has mileage and specified number of days allowed for moving.
Q
Do I have to pay a deposit when renting a U-Haul truck?
 
Is a deposit needed to rent a U-Haul truck?
A
The total estimated charges for your rental are due when you pick up your equipment. Payment can be made by credit card, debit card or cash. No deposit is required if paying by major credit card, or debit card with a major credit card logo. If paying by cash, the following is due when you pick up your equipment. In-Town truck: $100 or estimated rental charges (whichever is greater). One-Way truck: $100 plus rental rate. Pickup truck and cargo van rentals require a major credit card, or debit card with a major credit card logo. Note: If a major credit card or debit card with a major credit card logo is not presented at the time of rental, a $1,000 cash deposit will be required. ---- Yes, if no credit card or major debit card is presented for charging when the contract is signed. The deposit is $1,000.00. The total charges are due when the truck/van is picked up. Cash payments are $100 or the total estimated charges, whichever is larger for renting an In-Town truck, and $100 plus the total rental for a one-way truck. You must have a valid credit card or major debit card to rent pickup trucks or cargo vans.
Q
What does U-Haul do with the money collected as an environmental fee?
 
For what purpose if the ‘environmental fee’?
A
For more than 60 years, the U-Haul Companies (“U-Haul”) have provided an economical, sustainable and environmentally friendly means for families to move to a better future. U-Haul understands that a family moves on an average of every five years and therefore, any sharing of a U-Haul moving truck among these moving families results in not only a more economical move, but also a more sustainable and more environmentally friendly move. Think about it: Without U-Haul truck sharing, every family would have to purchase their own truck to move their belongings. Our study shows that every U-Haul truck placed in a local community helps keep 19 personally owned, large capacity vehicles, such as pickup trucks, SUVs, and vans off the road. Overall, U-Haul truck fleet helps reduce hundreds of thousands of tons of greenhouse gas emissions annually. Furthermore, U-Haul dealers and centers are purposely and conveniently located close to residential neighborhoods to allow for families to travel fewer miles during their move which in turn, puts less carbon dioxide into the air and specifically reduces the negative impact on the air quality. With 15,000 locations across the United States and Canada, U-Haul truck sharing helps to reduce the carbon footprint of many local communities. ---- For over 60 years now, U-Haul has been presenting to the public an ecology-friendly, better and cheaper alternative to using owner’s vehicles when relocating. A U-Haul truck in a community replaces about 20 large vehicles like pickup trucks, vans and SUVs on the road during relocations. Thus the net effect is great reduction of tons of atmospheric greenhouse gas yearly. Likewise locating U-Haul trucks nearer residential areas enable families to move in shorter distances, which further lessen the emission of carbon dioxide and sulfur dioxide into the air. With 15,000 U-Haul locations all over the country, you can imagine how much positive impact U-Haul has on the atmosphere.
Q
How do you keep my residence free from damage during the move?
 
Won’t the moving activity damage the residence physically?
A
Harrison’s expert movers thoroughly protect your home when they arrive so that we can move your household goods safely and leave without a trace. That includes the use of special padding for your doorways, stair rails and coverings for your floors ---- Before anything is moved during relocations, places in the house likely to get damaged by moving items are protected: the floor by a covering, corners, doorways, stair rails with special padding. Furniture are likewise covered with blankets or special wraps to prevent them being abraded. Thus Harrison’s professional movers can remove goods from a house without leaving any indication or trace.
Q
Who can arrange my move?
 
Who arranges things so I can move?
A
Any of our trained Harrison’s Sales Representatives can assist you with every detail of your move. They specialize in customizing your move to meet your specific needs, whatever they may be. You can contact them at Harrison’s Moving & Storage toll-free at 1-866-320-2082, locally at 757-397-1248 or via email at info@harrisonsmoving.com to arrange for a free, no-obligation price quote or to discuss your specific needs. ---- Our trained representatives can assist you expedite your move, helping you with anything from filling up documents to arranging for moving crews. Contact them at Harrison’s Moving & Storage toll-free at 1-866-320-2082, locally at 757-397-1248 or via email at info@harrisonsmoving.com if you wish for a free, no-obligation price quote or for further information on how you can move fast at the least costs.
Q
What kind of moves can Harrison’s do?
 
What moves does Harrison offer?
A
There are four different types of moves and Harrison’s can handle them all. Moves are categorized as local (in the same city of town); intrastate (moving inside the same state); interstate (moving from one state to another); and international (moving to another country). Just contact us and give us the details of your move and we will provide a free, no obligation quote for your move and take care of all of the details. ---- Harrison offers the four types of move: local (within the same community); intrastate (within the same state); interstate (crossing state lines); and international (to another country). Simply contact us or any of our representatives for a no-strings estimate of your move costs with the range of options.
Q
Who does the packing for my move?
 
Who packs my goods for moving?
A
That is totally up to you. Some people like to save money by doing their own packing. If your time is valuable to you, Harrison’s is always available to do the packing for you so you can do other things. The choice is up to you. Packing supplies are always available from Harrison's. ---- Your choice. There are people who pack things themselves to save on expenses, but there are those who want to be sure of least possible damage to the goods and let the company people do the packing. The choice is yours.
Q
Is it okay to use used moving boxes?
 
Is using used moving boxes good?
A
Keep in mind that moving boxes tend to get weak when they are reused, and are ruined when they get wet. One of the biggest concerns is the side of the box where the seam is glued because over time this seam becomes weak and unreliable. If you choose to use used moving boxes, you should carefully inspect them before you start packing. WE DO NOT SELL USED BOXES. ---- Moving boxes like other boxes weaken with use, particularly when they got wet. The glue in the seams becomes unreliable over time and use, so if you have to use used boxes inspect them carefully prior to packing. Harrison’s do not use nor sell used moving boxes.
Q
Do you sell other moving boxes and moving supplies?
 
Do you have supplies or boxes other than those listed in your site?
A
No. All of our products are listed on this website. We do not carry any other size moving boxes or any additional moving supplies. ---- No. Our boxes and supplies for moving are only those included in the list.
Q
How soon should I call moving company?
 
How early should I contact a moving company?
A
The earlier you call the better. The more lead time you can give, the more likely we will be able to meet your preferred pick-up and delivery schedule and be ready to address all you moving needs. ---- As soon as you can but at least 6 weeks prior to the moving dates. The earlier you inform us, the more time we can arrange the details of your move, schedule pickup and delivery, and meet you moving requirements.
Q
What is the difference between hourly, weight, and volume estimates?
 
Why are there estimates based on time (hour), weight and volume?
A
Local moves are normally conducted and charged on an hourly basis. Long-distance and international moves are normally performed by weight or volume. Ask our relocation consultant which way your move will be performed. ---- Local relocations are usually short in duration and simple in arrangement so they are charged by the hour. Interstate and international moves are more complex with many variable factors so they are best charged by weight or volume. Our relocation agents can explain them in greater detail so you can choose how best to do your relocation.
Q
Can I get a free on-site estimate?
 
Do you give on-site estimates for free?
A
Yes, upon request, we will send one of our relocation consultants to your home. Air 1’s relocation consultants are trained to assist you with all your moving & storage needs, and to advise you on any relocation related question. Our relocation consultant will provide you with a written binding estimate, which specifies all costs and services included. ---- Yes. We provide free estimates on request. Our relocation consultants can help you assess your moving needs and answer questions about it. They can also give you binding estimates that detail the costs in fees and services.
Q
Will the movers protect my furniture?
 
Does the moving crew take care to protect my furniture?
A
Air 1 Moving provides full protection service to all furniture. All furniture will be fully wrapped with heavy duty moving pads. Glass, marble, and delicate surfaces will be cardboard or wooden crated by the movers. When you receive an estimate from our relocation consultant, do not forget to describe all the furniture that needs special care. ---- All furniture, fragile and breakable items moved by Air 1 are fully protected for moving prior to loading onto trucks. Pieces of furniture are wrapped in heavy-duty pads. Glass, marble and fragile items are crated in cardboard or wood. When asking for an estimate, always mention and describe your items that require special attention for moving.
Q
My new location is not ready yet, what should I do?
 
What do I do if my relocation place is not ready as yet?
A
If your new home is not ready, you have two options from which to choose. One is to extend your stay at your old location. The second is to store your goods until the new location is ready. Air 1 Moving provides perfect storage solutions, whether over-night, short-term, or long-term. Check with our relocation consultant which storage service best suits your situation. ---- You can either prolong your stay in your present location or put your goods in storage in the interim. Air 1 Moving can give you the storage options for any length of time –overnight, short, long--- that best suits your needs.
Q
What happens if I have to reschedule my move?
 
What must I do if I have to change my relocation schedules?
A
Air 1 Moving is aware of the complexity of moving in general, and choosing a moving date in particular. Therefore, we are always ready to accommodate any change to our customers' moving schedule. Please contact our relocation representative, as soon as you know about the required change in moving arrangements. ---- Just inform us as early as you can to give us the time to adjust our schedules. Air1 Moving understands the complex nature of relocating, and is always open to changes in our clients’ relocation schedules.
Q
How long does it take to move?
 
How long in terms of time is an ordinary move?
A
A typical local move is four to six hours, many factors that fall in place such as: good packing, location of pickup and delivery, flights of stairs, weather conditions, assembling or disassembling furniture, number of stops and of course size of the move. ---- A local move usually takes four to six hours, but depends on many factors like state of packing, pickup and delivery locations, route of travel, stairs or elevators, weather, furniture assembly/disassembly and size of shipment.
Q
How do you charge?
 
On what factors do you base your move charging?
A
Most local moves are based per hour. Out of state and instate long distance moves over 100 miles are charged per mile, plus loading and unloading. We have a minimum of two hours for any move. The time will start from leaving our office to returning. ---- Local moves are charged on per-hour basis; interstate and intrastate moves over 100 miles are computed on per-mile of travel, plus loading and unloading personnel service charges. A two-hour charging for any move is minimum, from the truck’s departure from office to its return.
Q
Will the company send someone to look at the house or the apartment, will it cost anything?
 
If I request the company for someone to look my house or apartment contents over for moving, will it cost me anything?
A
DC Movers, Inc, does provide an onsite moving estimate, we will be able to send a professional moving estimator, that will actually make an inventory list of all the items to be moved, will estimate the number of boxes that will be necessary for the move, and provide you with a binding not to exceed estimate, the visual moving estimate, is free for 4 bedroom and up apartment/house, for smaller loads, we do online/phone estimates, you can also schedule an onsite estimate for smaller loads, with a charge that will be deducted of the price quote, if you choose to use DC Movers as your carrier. ---- DC Movers, Inc. does give estimates based on ocular inspections of houses or apartments. Our estimator can list the items for moving, assess the probable costs, and produce a binding not-to-exceed quotation. The estimate is free of charge for houses/apartments of four bedrooms and more. Phone estimates may be sufficient for small shipments, but this may incur a small free chargeable to the final cost if you hire DC Movers as mover.
Q
What size truck will be used for the move (one household, or multiple households) ?
 
How large is the truck usually used for moving a single or multiple households?
A
DC Movers, inc uses 26Ft trucks for local and long distance moves, unless a larger truck is necessary for the move, on deliveries we usually use larger trucks (trailers, 52Ft). ---- DC Movers has standard 26-foot trucks for local and longer moves, but when larger ones are needed, there are also 52-footer trucks or vans to use.
Q
When should I call Ready Set Movers about my move?
 
How soon should I contact Ready Set Movers for my relocation?
A
The sooner you contact RSM the better. By giving us more of a notice we are more likely to meet your moving schedule needs. You will also have more time to properly organize and pack your home to allow for a smoother stress-free move. ---- As early as you can but not shorter than six week prior to your desired dates of moving. The span of time would be enough for us to schedule your move, organize and pack the goods and contact the people involved in the job.
Q
What is a binding estimate?
 
Can you explain what a binding estimate is?
A
This is a type of estimate that shows the approximation of the cost and breakdown of your move based on the services requested. If the customer adds additional services, such as additional items to move, packing, unpacking, etc, that was not included in the original estimate the total bill will increase accordingly. All binding estimates provided by Ready Set Movers are valid for up to 30 days. ---- A binding estimate is the final costing of your move per the services to be provided, the amount you would pay at destination. Additional services will raise the total. RSM offers binding estimates good for 30 days only.
Q
How much will my move cost?
 
What will be the final cost of my move?
A
The cost of your move will depend on several variables. It will depend on how large your home/office is, what optional services we are providing, how far away your origin and destination are and materials needed to safely move your belongings. If you would like a more accurate estimate contact us at (843) 882-7561 to schedule your estimate. Or fill out our free estimate questionnaire on our website. ---- The final cost depends on many factors including size of shipment, distance from origin to destination, services to provide, even time of year and days of the month. Please complete the questionnaire at the website of contact us for more details at (843) 882-7561. We can schedule the visit to estimate the costs of your relocation.
Q
How and when do I pay for my move?
 
When do I pay and in what preferred forms?
A
RSM requires a $100 deposit that will reserve your moving date and upon completion of your move that deposit will be put towards your final bill. RSM accepts check, cash and credit card as forms of payment for services rendered. Payment is accepted after all services are rendered. ---- Payment is usually due at destination but RSM needs a $100 reservation deposit to firm up the schedule. The deposit is deductible from your final bill. RSM accepts credit cards, checks, debit cards and cash.
Q
Can I tip my moving crew?
 
Should the moving crew be given tips?
A
If you feel your moving crew did an excellent job and beat your expectations they would graciously accept gratuity for their hard work. In general tipping can range from $4-$6/hour/mover but this figure is up to your discretion. ---- It depends on how you judge their work: if you believe they did excellently, then a tip will be nice. The amount average $5/hour/person but give them what you wish to.
Q
Are there any items you cannot move?
 
Any items banned from being moved?
A
Our insurance does not allow us to move hazardous or combustible items. Examples: propane tanks, paint, firearms, etc. ---- Insurance regulations stipulate we cannot move hazardous, combustible items like propane tanks, guns, paints, turpentine, gasoline and similar articles.
Q
Can you dispose of trash on my moving day?
 
Is trash disposal possible on moving day?
A
We would be happy to dispose of your trash on move day. We do charge a disposal fee, which is dependent upon the amount of trash. ---- We can dispose of your trash for a small fee based on the volume of trash for disposal.
Q
What time will the moving crews arrive to pickup or deliver?
 
What is the usual time for pickup and delivery?
A
Moving crews start their pickups at 9:00 A.M. and continue throughout the day. We will call you the business day before your agreed pickup date to confirm their arrival time. If you are expecting a delivery, our driver will call you 8-24 hours prior to the estimated delivery date to confirm exact arrival time. ---- Pickups usually begins at 9:00 AM until loading is finished, but we shall inform you before the date so you can be on hand on moving day. We will call a day earlier for the exact delivery date and time.
Q
What happens if I have less items on moving day?
 
What if my items in the list were reduced by moving day?
A
Patt's Moving will only charge you for the actual hours we work. The estimate is to give you a basic. idea of how long the job will take. ---- The charge you will have to pay will be based on the actual hours Patt’s Moving crew worked. The estimate is simply an estimate of how long the job would be, so if the actual is less than the estimate, you pay for the actual work done.
Q
When should I hire a moving company?
 
When is the time best to contract a moving company?
A
It is best to plan ahead, and most experts recommend that you hire an international moving company at least two months in advance. ---- Most professionals recommend two months ahead of move date for international relocations.
Q
I am having problems entering my move details?
 
I can’t seem to upload my move details…
A
Your old and new address need to be verified to ensure that they are entered in the correct format. Please enter your house/flat number or name (The Coach House, for example) and the full postcode, click on ‘validate” for each address individually (both moving from and moving to address), select the appropriate address from those generated by the postcode look-up table. Then click on SAVE My Move Details once both addresses have been verified and moving dates entered. Then add your move details. If your moving-in date has yet to be confirmed, this can be added at a later stage. ---- Verify your present address and destination address. Enter your house/apartment number and name, the full postal code, click ‘validate’ each address separately, and choose the correct addresses shown by the postal code look-up table. Click ‘SAVE my Move Details’ after the addresses have been verified. You can add the moving date later if needed or cannot be confirmed at present.
Q
Can I use the service if I am moving overseas?
 
Is the service usable as well for moving overseas?
A
Yes, the site allows you to enter details of your new address outside of the UK click on enter address manually to complete international details. ---- Yes, just click on ‘Enter Address Manually’ to input addresses outside the United Kingdom.
Q
When is the best time to move?
 
---- What months or days is it best to relocate?
A
The busiest times for moving companies are during the summer months, May 15 - September 15. At the end of these months, the volume of shipments is extremely heavy. This is the case for all professional moving companies. Take all the factors into consideration when deciding on the best time for you to move. If you have some flexibility in your schedule, provide the moving company with a five day window for loading your shipment. This will allow the individuals who schedule the drivers and crew members greater flexibility when scheduling your move. If possible, be flexible with your destination timeframe as well. Keep in mind that you most likely are not the only shipment on the truck. If you stay flexible, it should make a difference. ---- The busiest months to move are from mid-May to mid- September. The end days of these months are busiest days so if you are planning a move, schedule it on the off months as much as possible. Also grant a 5-day window of flexibility both on pickup and on delivery dates. The shipment may take also those of others going your direction, so the flexibility on the dates will allow the crew and company to schedule your move better.
Q
How do I select which moving companies will provide me with a moving estimate?
 
What is the best ways to select the correct moving company?
A
Ask your neighbors, friends, coworkers and family members if they can make recommendations. Investigate each of the movers you select with the Better Business Bureau. Good service is the best measure of a good mover! ---- Inquire of friends, co-workers, family members, neighbors if they can recommend a mover. Then check every mover with the Better Business Bureau (BBB) for legitimacy. Word of mouth is still the best advertising.
Q
When should I begin contacting moving companies for estimates?
 
How soon must I contact moving companies for their estimates?
A
Try to provide the moving companies with as much notice as possible, especially if you are moving during the busy season as noted above. Six weeks from the actual move date is not too early for estimators to come into your home to complete what they refer to as a “visual survey of your household goods shipment.” Add even more time to make a decision if you are obligated by your employer to submit estimates for approval. Try to decide which mover you will use four weeks from your actual load day. Call the mover to confirm your booking and schedule your packing, loading and delivery dates. This timeframe can be shortened in the off peak season which is September 15 through May 15. ---- As soon as possible, but not later than six weeks prior to move date. If your employer is asking for estimates, do it much even earlier so you can submit the estimates for approval. Choose your mover one month before the dates and call the agent to confirm your schedule. This timeframe is most important during the busy months of May to September, but may be shortened somewhat during the other months of the year (mid-September to end of April). .
Q
Am I allowed to assist you in packing/loading items during the move?
 
Should I help in packing or loading?
A
Due to insurance reasons , it would probably not be a good idea, best way to ensure best maximum efficiency is to be fully packed n ready to go when movers arrive. ---- Unfortunately that is not a very good idea due to insurance limitations. The best you can help is to be packed and ready with all your goods when the moving crew arrives.
Q
How do I determine what size of a truck I will need? Is there a way that I can estimate it?
 
What is the method of estimating the size of truck needed for moving?
A
It is usually up to the moving company to make that decision, At City moving & Storage we have 28 foot straight trucks and also tractor trailer capabilities also, so no matter the size needed we can easily and efficiently accommodate your move. ---- The moving company decides what size truck to use after it has estimated the size of your shipment. City Moving and Storage uses 28-foot trucks and tractor vans so they can professionally haul your goods no matter the volume.
Q
How do I choose a reputable mover?
 
How do I select the best professional mover?
A
Choosing a reputable mover can be difficult at times, especially given the wide array of choices out there. But regardless of what type of business, there are a few things to consider. First, if a company’s prices seem to be too good to be true, they probably are. The reality is that any legitimate moving business has to pay for a license, insurance, taxes, employee benefits, and much more. Many moving companies will also make low estimates on hours, miles, and fuel costs, only to surprise you with extra charges after the move is complete. It’s important to consider this when choosing a company solely by their price. Word of mouth is still a powerful tool in business. Ask your friends and family what company they used for their most recent move. Also check your California movers’ reputations with the Better Business Bureau and the California Public Utilities Commission. Both organizations maintain a database of complaints made by customers, making it a great tool. Keep in mind that the more work a business does, the more complaints they’re going to have. You’re most interested in a company that has a low ratio of complaints to the hours of work actually performed. ---- Choosing the best mover is tricky business, given the wide variety of movers from really professional ones to scammy unscrupulous ‘companies’. Many of these will quote you a low price then charge you with much more at destination, when you can’t say ‘no’ anymore. To avoid the latter, remember always that if any offer is too good to be true, being too much below industry averages, better avoid it like the plague. Moving companies also have expenses not directly related to mileage and moving crew labor so their fees are always more than the total of the two factors. To find the best company, ask friends, relatives, family members, colleagues at work and people you know if they knew of any. Check those with the Better Business Bureau and moving companies associations in your area. If you live in California, there is likewise the California Public Utilities Commission. They can tell you about feedbacks, negative and positive. Look for the one with smallest ratio of complaints against the number of workhours performed.
Q
Is Fixed Price Movers licensed and insured?
 
Does the Fixed Price Movers have the necessary licenses and insurance?
A
We are a fully licensed, insured, and bonded company with both the Public Utility Commission of California and the Department of Transportation. At a minimum, limited liability insurance is mandatory per the California and Interstate Commerce Commissions. ---- The California Public Utilities Commission and the Department of Transportation list Fixed Price Movers as a fully licensed, bonded and insured company. Limited liability insurance is mandatory for all moving companies under the California Interstate Commerce Commission rules
Q
When should I begin planning my move?
 
How soon do I start organizing my relocation?
A
While we’re well equipped to handle moves on short notice, it’s best to begin organizing your move four to six weeks before your move date. This allows us to schedule a free on-site survey, prepare your quote, and preplan the specific intricacies of your move. Also realize that the busiest times to move are in the late spring and throughout the summer, and during the final days of a month ---- Most companies advise at least six weeks before desired moving dates, so the company can perform the on-site assessment, work up the estimate, and make the complex parts of scheduling ready. But bear in mind that summer and late spring are the busiest times of the year and end of the month days as well.
Q
Once approved, when do I need to move?
 
How soon must I relocate after approval of my visa?
A
Normally, your arrival must be within one year from the date of your medical tests or police certificates, which occur during the processing of your residence visa application. So, if you deduct part of the official processing time, you will generally be left with 6 to 12 months to land in Australia. The exception is for temporary visas, such as work visas, in which case you may only have a number of months to enter the country. ---- You must relocate to Australia within one year from the dates in your police certificates and medical tests, which are part of the visa application. Computing processing time, you might have only six months to relocate. However, for temporary visas like a work visa, this window may even be smaller.
Q
Is it cheaper for me to buy boxes from the store or from my mover?
 
Will the moving boxes be cheaper at the store than from the mover?
A
Typically moving companies charge the most, however most retail stores do not even sell TRUE professional quality moving boxes. So you are not comparing apples to apples. Most retail stores sell boxes that are not certified for use with moving and storing, and are still higher in price. You will save money by purchasing your moving boxes and supplies from Moving Box Delivery AND will know that you are getting the same high quality box that you would receive from your moving company. ---- Moving companies usually sell boxes at higher prices than those at retail stores, except that those from the latter are not real quality moving boxes, probably just ordinary boxes usable for moving, and yet relatively higher in price than standard boxes. If you buy from Moving Box Delivery, you will get true professional moving boxes identical in quality to those from your moving company.
Q
I am having my mover pack, could I order boxes from Moving Box Deliver and have them pack?
 
Could I buy boxes from Moving Box Delivery and yet have the company pack my goods?
A
Great idea! You will save money by doing this. Also, since you are purchasing professional quality moving boxes, your moving company will be able to pack your home using these boxes WITHOUT having to purchase the supplies from them at a higher price. ---- That is sensible. You get your goods packed professionally in real moving boxes at less cost.
Q
How can professional moving boxes make my movers faster and save me money?
 
In what ways do professional moving boxes enable me to save money?
A
Yes they can, Professional moving boxes are designed for moving and storing. They are designed so customers don’t over pack them which make the boxes too heavy to carry and/or much more likely to break. Professional moving boxes are designed to be stacked on top of each other in the most efficient fashion, to maximize the space on the truck and lessen the number of trips your movers will need to make with their dollies from your house to the truck. Faster movers, means that you will save money on the cost of your move, particularly if you are paying by the hour. Lastly, professional moving boxes have labels on the boxes that tell movers what room each box should be placed in and what is inside of the box. This saves time, which saves you money. ---- Professional moving boxes have been designed primarily for moving and storage. They are of the right size so cannot be overpacked to likely break, strong enough to be stacked so you save space in the truck or van, have labels to identify contents easily and indicate which room they should go, yet small enough for lifting or transport by dolly. In short, the boxes were designed for efficient and fast moving so you can save money, particularly if you are paying by the hour.
Q
Does Urban Rush Movers have all the required insurance?
 
Is Urban Rush Movers duly insured for moving?
A
Yes! We are fully insured! There are four types of insurance related to a move. The first is liability insurance. We carry $2,000,000.00 in liability coverage. This covers you from any liability due to injury or damage to property. The second is cargo insurance. We carry $250,000.00 in cargo insurance. This covers your belongings as they are in transit on our trucks in case of an accident leading to total damage. The third is Worksafe BC coverage. We are registered with Worksafe BC and as such our employees are protected in case of long-term disability. The fourth is coverage of your household goods against damage. You are automatically covered with our standard protection plan. This means that any goods we damage we compensate you for based on the weight of the item. For example if a used TV weighing 200lbs. is damaged we will compensate you $120.00(200lbs. X $.60). ---- Yes, for all four types. First is liability insurance, which covers injury or damage to property. Our insurance is $2,000,000. Next is cargo insurance which covers your shipment against total damage while in transit. We carry $250,000. Third is workmen’s coverage for our people against total disability. We carry Worksafe BC insurance for each person we employ. Last is coverage against damage to your items, which corresponds to our standard protection program. It just means we compensate you for damage on items by weight, at $0.60 per pound. So if a 200-lb TV gets damaged, we pay you $120.00 (200x.60).
Q
How do you charge for a move?
 
How is your charging computed?
A
Local moves are charged an hourly rate plus a one-time travel/fuel surcharge. Long distance movers get an in home estimate based on the quantity/weight of items to be moved and the distance between locations. The hourly rate depends on what services are required , the size of moving truck required, the number of movers required, and to some degree might be affected by the difficulty of the move (i.e. Stairs, distance to truck etc.). The hourly rate is also affected by demand for moving services (we pay overtime). Mid-month movers pay less than month-end movers, off-season movers pay less than people moving in peak moving season (Jul-Sep). We even offer price breaks to seniors and students so for us to post a fixed hourly rate would be impossible. What we do, is quote the lowest price we can for the moving services you need… and we stick to our quotes, no surprises on moving day. The best way to get the lowest possible price is to call us as far ahead of the move as possible and speak to a representative. Your moving specialist will try to work with you to get the lowest possible rate. ---- For local moves within the community, the charge is hourly plus a travel/fuel surcharge. For long distance relocation, the charge is based on weight of items to move and how far the move would be. The hourly rate is based on the services we provided, size of truck, number of persons in the moving crew, and in some instance by the difficulty in moving (stairs, elevator, ground floor, etc. considerations). Also the days of the month (month-end days are busier), and off season moves (September to May) affect the price. We might even offer lower prices for senior citizens and students so there are no definite rates on per-hour moves. Perhaps the best way for you is to call our representative as early as you can, so he can soonest compute for you the lowest possible estimate for your move.
Q
What can I do on my next trip to prepare for moving?
 
How can I prepare for moving on my next vacation in Hawaii?
A
Instead of spending all your time at the beach or at a resort, you should spend a little time reading the West Hawaii Today Classifieds and talking to people in your profession. If you have explored the island, familiarizing yourself with the different climate zones and distances from employment, etc., and are planning to buy a house at some point, it would not be a bad idea to plan a meeting with a realtor. Have them drive you around the areas you are interested in, ask questions, and get a street map of West Hawaii. Here is a tip: Don't do this on your last day in Hawaii. Most realtors won't take you seriously if you do, and if you are serious, it will leave you frustrated. You might pick up a phone book to take back home, as well. It will come in handy. In your first year, you will learn a lot, both about Hawaii, and yourself - your preferred climate, how far you wish to commute to your job, your favorite recreations, and your reaction to fog? All these things should be taken into account and we think it's a very good idea to rent until you are sure that you have found "your" place. On the other hand, keep an eye on the real estate prices. If you plan to buy, you will want to do so while the market is in your favor. ---- Reduce your time at the beaches and spend more time familiarizing yourself with the real estate industry in the state. Scrutinize the West Hawaii Today classifieds and the pages connected with your professions. Talk to colleagues. If you are thinking of acquiring a house, sound out a realtor and ask him to tour you in the places you are interested in. Study the street map of Hawaii, noting the distances between points of interest such as location of your office or employment, recreation areas and prospective places of residence. But don’t make this tour the last item in your itinerary or the real estate agent won’t take you seriously. Finally, while studying the industry, it is best to rent awhile until the market turns favorable to you that you can buy your house at the best prices.
Q
Do I have to be present for all phases of the move process?
 
Could I be absent anytime during the move?
A
Yes, because you are the most important person during the move process. We rather have you present during the packing of your belongings and imperative that you take responsibility for your jewelry and other high value items. We suggest that you carry these items with you. ---- We would rather have you present all the time so we can refer to you questions about any aspect of the move, more particularly during packing. For instance, only you will know your valuable to you that you can take with you.
Q
What kind of information do you need in order to schedule my move?
 
What information would you need from me for the move?
A
We need Your full name, present address, cell, work and home phone numbers (if applicable), and your destination address. Both addresses should include zip code. We will also need to know if there are any unusual items that need to be shipped. ---- Full name, present address and destination address including zip codes, contact numbers, personal, home and office, and unusual articles for shipping.
Q
Why did one moving company quote me such a low rate?
 
How would you explain a very low rate a moving company quoted me?
A
You may have found the world’s only mover who offers incredibly cheap rates and amazingly good services. Chances are far better though that you’ll be unpleasantly surprised at the end of the move. Industry professional associations such as the American Moving & Storage Association advise consumers to be very cautious if any moving company offers you an unrealistically low price as this could mean he will suddenly remember some extra charges once your shipment has been loaded on the truck, the doors have been padlocked and he is ready to drive off into the sunset with all of your worldly possessions. ---- Professional associations like the American Moving and Storage Association always remind the public to be wary of extremely low estimates or miraculous services as these may be just a trick of hooking the consumer. It is likely that after loading, the mover will impose additional charges not originally mentioned, effectively holding the goods to ransom, when the consumer has no option except to pay.
Q
What is the deductible on my moving insurance?
 
What kind of deductibles can be made on my insurance on moving?
A
In most cases, we offer several levels of deductible: $250, $500, $750, $1,000, $1,500 and $3,000. The deductible you choose determines the cost of the insurance you are seeking to purchase, and is a one-time deductible and NOT per item claimed. Please choose a deductible that best meets your needs. Remember, a higher deductible will reflect a lower cost, and vice versa. ---- We offer several: $250, $500, $750, $1000, $1500 and $3000. The one-time deductible will determine the level of insurance you would buy so select that which best suits you. The bigger the deductible, the lower is your total cost.
Q
What if I change my moving date?
 
What happens if I have to reschedule my moving date?
A
If your moving date has changed, please contact us via email or the Contact Us form on the website, and indicate the correct date, and we will make the necessary change. Changes can be made only in the case that the move has not occurred yet. ---- Please just contact us immediately through the phone, email, and website, indicating the new dates so we can amend the arrangements as soon as possible. But rescheduling can only be made if the move has not started yet.
Q
What happens in the case that I change my moving company or my service provider prior to moving date?
 
What must I do if I choose to change the moving company to use before moving day?
A
In such a case, you need to contact us immediately. If the new moving company or service provider you are using is a registered company (affiliate) in our network, we will make the change and your insurance coverage will be valid as before. If the company is not yet a registered affiliate in our network, we will need some information from you so we can start a process of qualification, and hopefully sign them up. However, if the new company is not qualified or does not wish to participate in our network, we will cancel your insurance and charge a cancellation fee as per the Terms and Conditions. ---- Please just inform us as soon as possible. The same arrangements can continue if the new company is an affiliate or registered company. If not, we may request data from you so we can offer them to be our affiliate. If they are not qualified or is not interested, we have to cancel your insurance and charge a cancellation fee according to the terms and conditions of moving.
Q
Are insurance rates different from one moving company to another?
 
Do the insurance rates differ among the companies?
A
Yes, insurance rates may differ from one company to another, based on the ranking of each company within our system. ---- Yes, according to the place a company ranks in the system.
Q
Can you recommend a service provider we should use for our move?
 
which company would you recommend for moving?
A
Unfortunately, we do not make recommendations on which service provider you should use. Every company certified and listed on system is a company we consider qualified and able to conduct a move to its full customers' satisfaction depending on your needs and the type of move you select. ---- We do not recommend any company since every company listed in our system can deliver the quality of service needed to efficiently do the move chosen.
Q
Can I move firearms?
 
Are firearms movable?
A
Under Australian Law, Grace Removals is unable to transport firearms for domestic relocations. Please speak with one of our consultants for restrictions when moving firearms overseas. ---- Moving companies including Grace Removals are prohibited from moving firearms under Australian laws and regulations. You can ask our agents about moving firearms abroad or overseas.
Q
Do you offer custom-made products and a substantial inventory of moving supplies and boxes?
 
Do you have different kinds of moving boxes including custom-made ones?
A
We have a solid relationship with a variety of vendors who provide custom-made products for our customers. We maintain a large number of moving supplies and boxes. If you require a special item that we do not offer on our website, we will customize it for you. Please contact us for more details concerning special orders. ---- We keep a good amount of moving boxes of all types, and have an associate firm that makes custom boxes. If you need custom boxes, please contact us so we can make them, or for more details about special needs.
Q
Do I need to pack everything - or - what do I need to pack to prepare for the movers?
 
Must everything be packed when the movers arrive and do I have to pack them?
A
If it is smaller than a breadbox, then put it in a box. Remember, you are paying your movers by the hour, and it takes us a lot less time to dolly out boxes than to carry out miscellaneous items and find safe places on the truck for it. In fact, our movers are trained to refuse to take certain items if not properly packed. ---- If you are paying by the hour (short distance relocation), it is best to have everything packed and ready for moving when the crew arrives. For long distance moving, the crew can pack your goods to ensure less damage during transit, but you pay for the service. However, most crew will not accept badly-packed items for transport.
Q
Where do I get moving boxes?
 
What the likely sources of moving boxes?
A
Some people try and collect miscellaneous boxes before they move. This can actually cost you money on moving day. Using uniform sized moving boxes helps the movers load the truck quicker, and since we get paid by the hour, using good boxes can save you money. ---- The moving company usually has correct moving boxes, but there are others who sell them including newspaper classified ads that advertise used ones. Some people buy from miscellaneous ones from grocery and electronic stores but the boxes may not be very functional in loading due to their varied sizes and configurations.
Q
What can I do to save money on my move?
 
How do I reduce my moving expenses?
A
The biggest thing you can do to save money is to be prepared for the movers. Have everything packed up and ready to go. Put all of your boxes in 4 high stacks in the living room or garage and allow movers to put them all in one room at the unload. Disassemble beds, take mirrors off of dressers, and basically prepare all furniture to be moved. Be available to answer the movers questions regarding furniture placement. Don't plan anything else for moving day. ---- The best way to save money is to have everything packed and ready for loading when the moving crew arrives, since this will reduce job time, if you are paying by the hour. The boxes should be piled four boxes high in the largest room of the house or downstairs to facilitate loading. The beds should have been disassembled, mirrors removed from dressers, furniture wrapped with padding. Also, be present to respond to questions on moving the items.
Q
How do I pay for my move? Do I have to make a deposit? Will you bill me?
 
In what form do I make payments and when?
A
All residential moves are paid for at the completion of the move. We accept cash, credit cards, and personal checks. ---- Full payment is usually given at destination when everything is done. Cash, certified checks, credit/debit cards are accepted.
Q
How do I know you're not one of those unscrupulous moving companies that you see on the news that quote one price and then charge another, or damages furniture and doesn't fix it?
 
How can I be sure you are not one of those unscrupulous scamming moving companies?
A
Compass Van Lines, Inc. is fully licensed and insured. We are a member of the American Moving and Storage Association and affiliated with the Better Business Bureau. We also have a massive collection of high appreciative testimonials from previous satisfied customers which can be viewed in the "References" section. ---- Compass Van Lines, Inc. is registered with the Department of Transportation, a member of the American Moving and Storage Association, an affiliate of the Better Business Bureau, has been in business for sometime, received numerous testimonials from satisfied customers, and is fully insured. Just visit our website’s ‘References’ section.
Q
Will the moving company visit my house or apartment first before packing, or do they just come and figure it out when they arrive?
 
Does the company make an assessment visit or just pack away on moving day?
A
Typically a moving company representative will conduct an on-site visit to determine the estimated weight and cube of your household goods. In cases where the household goods shipment is relatively small, a phone interview may be conducted in lieu of an onsite visit. ---- Usually, a company representative will make an on-site visit to assess the volume of goods for shipment and to make a more accurate cost estimate. For small moves, a phone discussion may be sufficient to do that.
Q
What if I think my claim is not being handled properly by the moving company?
 
What do I do if I believe the company is mishandling my move?
A
Call or email the relocation coordinator with the specifics of your concern. He or she will work with the moving company to resolve your claim. ---- Contact the relocation coordinator immediately with the details. He will work with the company and moving crew to address your complaint.
Q
Do you move pianos and pool tables?
 
Are pianos and pool tables part of moving?
A
We move all pianos ranging from upright to concert grand. When it comes to pool tables, we work with a third party specialist to disassemble and reassemble these items; however we are able to transport them in our truck. ---- We include all kinds of pianos from upright to grand ones in moving arrangements. For pool tables, a third party can disassemble and assemble them so we can load them in the trucks.
Q
What is a standard tip for my movers?
 
How much do I tip the moving crew?
A
Our movers do appreciate tips for exceptional service, however you will never be asked for one. A tip for good service would be around $5 per man per hour. A tip for great service would be $10 per man per hour. ---- Our moving crew will never ask but will certainly appreciate gratuities for a job well done. The average rate is $5.00 per man per hour of work, but for an outstanding job, $10 per man for each hour will be much appreciated.
Q
What if the actual move time is shorter or longer than the estimate?
 
What happens if the actual move extends beyond or is short of the estimated time?
A
An estimate is just that, an estimate. We are usually extremely accurate with our estimates and our movers are quick, however sometimes things are out of our control, such as traffic, long walks, elevators, or weather. We do our best to either meet or beat our estimates every time. ---- Estimates just empirical or educated guesses of job time. But we are usually exact with our estimates and our moving crews are efficient. However, there are things beyond our control that delay job performance, but we have measures to minimize their adverse effects.
Q
What if something gets damaged during my move?
 
What do I do if some items are damaged in transit?
A
Although we strive for perfection, sometimes accidents do happen. If you have suffered loss or damage as a result of a local move, we request that you file a formal moving claim. ---- We always try to do our best to minimize damage to items in transit but accidents happen. If your items have been damaged in any way, please file a claim formally.
Q
Can I take my pets with me when I move?
 
Are pets included in the move?
A
Most movers will not move pets for you. They will most probably arrange for a specialist company to transport your animal professionally and with the required care. ---- Most movers will refuse to move pets but they can arrange for another means to transport your pets if you cannot take them with you in your car.
Q
Can I have my new purchases delivered direct to the moving company of my choice?
 
Will the mover accept new purchases delivered to the company offices?
A
It can be profitable for you to make purchases in your home country and have the mover take them to your new place of residence. Make sure to let the store know that the goods should be delivered to your mover to save time and money. ---- It may be best to buy what you need in your home country and just have them sent to your new residence, but make sure to instruct the seller to forward them to the moving company offices to save money and shortcut time.
Q
Do you transport yourself or do you contact other moving companies?
 
Are you a mover or agent?
A
moving-overseas.co.nz is not a moving company. It is an advisor and an agent. We can forward a request for a free quote to specially selected international movers. These companies will then contact you. ---- Moving-overseas.nz is an agent and advisor to movers. We contact moving companies for international moving who will then contact you to make estimates and arrangements.
Q
Are goods I have packed myself insured by the moving company?
 
Does the company insure ‘packed-by-owner’ articles?
A
Most moving companies will not insure fragile or very valuable household goods or antiques if you have packed them yourself. For other items, like clothing, books, etc. this will not be the case. To make sure, contact your mover. ---- Fragile, antique or delicate items packed by owner are often not insured by the moving company. Other types get standard insurance coverage.
Q
Which is the Cheapest moving company?
 
Which moving company is least expensive?
A
Beware of the cheapest moving company. Basically you are buying a service and the less you pay the less you will get. Cheap movers will usually cut corners on things like packing and supplies. They will most likely be in a rush and understaffed. You risk damage to your household items when dealing with a cheap moving company. Take a look first at what services you need from your mover. Can you pack your own home? That saves quite a bit. How about a moving pod? Saves a lot over a full service mover. Determine exactly what services you want and then have licensed movers offer price quotes on the same services. Compare those movers price and reputation and go from there. Search for an affordable moving company and not the cheapest moving company and you will end up much happier with your move. ---- In moving you buy service and generally get what you pay for. So if you contract a cheap company they are likely to shortcut many things from packing to delivery, intending to save as much as possible to meet the low price. The risk of loss or damage to goods, or refusal to respond to claims and complaints is greater with cheaper estimates. To save, you can instead do your own packing, use a moving pod, or reduce your shipment volume. But you should get several quotes from licensed movers and compare their costs according to your service needs, so you end with one that is best for your requirements.
Q
How To Make "Double Stacked Cartons"
 
How is a ‘double-stacked carton’ made?
A
Making double stacked cartons (also called a "High-Hat" carton) is a great technique for creating extra tall (or extra wide) boxes which can accommodate tall or wide items. Basically you assemble the bottom of a box just like you normally would, but do not close the top of the box. Next, fill the box up with the extra tall stuff you want to pack. Next, take a box of the same exact size make the second box up -- however -- this time instead of closing the bottom of the box leave the box bottom open and close the top. Now slide this box over the one you previously filled up. You end up with a sturdy extra tall box which is flat on the top and ready to be loaded in the moving truck. ---- Making double-stack cartons is easy and it can help you pack tall or wide articles like a grandfather clock. First assemble a carton by closing the bottom but not the top. Place the tall item in it and pack the sides. Now open the bottom of another same size carton and slide it over the top of the first. Tape or seal the connection then fill the sides. You now have a tall double-size carton.
Q
Why do some movers think they should be tipped over $100 per man?
 
Why do some moving crews demand more than $100 tip each?
A
We have had several moving companies over the years and each one seems to be getting worse. When you ask rates the company provides it and then tells you about tipping and says this is what the guys usually get but they leave it up to you. That is not true. We had furniture held hostage till the whole crew got about $150 each and there were four men three of which did not speak English. My friend had to go out and get more money or risk them not unloading everything left on the truck. Then allied van lines broke many items in the haul from Levittown, Pa. to South Carolina and even broke an item while they were in my house and never said one word . I paid each guy about $75 each or more and provided drinks, like soda etc and then the truck was unloaded in South Carolina and the movers there wanted to be paid. ---- It is a bullying technique to extort more money from the owner, holding the goods for ransom. Document the act and file a complaint with the company, the movers’ association and the Better Business Bureau if you have one.
Q
Is it OK to use plastic totes for packing boxes?
 
Are plastic toes advisable to use as packing boxes?
A
The primary reason plastic totes are such a poor substitute for traditional cardboard boxes is that totes are flexible and they get crushed when stacked on a truck during a move (movers often need to stack boxes floor to ceiling). As a result, if I was a claims adjuster for a moving company, any customer claim for damage to items which were packed by the owner into a plastic tote would qualify as an automatic damage claim denial because of "improper packing." Because of the shape of plastic totes, they cannot be stacked edge-to-edge. Because of their "V shape" totes inevitably get crushed when they are stacked and the crushing process places a great deal of pressure on the contents of the tote below it which results in damage to the contents within the tote. If you could stack totes floor to ceiling on a moving truck you'd need 16 logistics straps to hold the monster in place. However, a tier of floor to ceiling boxes requires no straps and -- because each cardboard box meets edge-to-edge -- they hold their shape integrity which provides optimal protection to the contents packed inside of each box. If you are packing for your move and you are going to have a lot of boxes please use corrugated/cardboard boxes of similar sizes and you'll have a better and a much safer move as a result. Sometimes, doing things the right way costs a little more and creates a little more work. Professionals through-out the moving and storage industry discourage the use of plastic totes and instead recommend the use of traditional cardboard boxes for packing and moving the contents of a home. ---- Professional movers discourage the use of plastic totes because of their inherent inability to hold their form, much flexibility, unstackable shape, tendency to concentrate load on the center of the tote below it and waste of stack space. Plastic totes are usually ‘V’-shaped, so when they are stacked one on top of another, the bottom of the upper tote presses on the center of the top of the one below and tends to crush it, damaging the contents. Since they are plastic and thus very flexible, they protect the contents very little on impact to the sides. Last, the shape leaves much space between totes arranged side-by-side. Best to use moving boxes which give good insulation, protection and form rigidity to minimize possible damage to the contents.
Q
what is a shuttle and why should I need a shuttle?
 
Why is there a need for a ‘shuttle’ and what is it?
A
When a mover provides you with a cost estimate the mover assumes that they can park their truck within a "reasonable distance" of the destination residence. My company generally considers a "reasonable distance" to be within 200 feet of the residence into which the shipment will be delivered (as we believe that this is the longest distance which our movers should be required to carry items from the truck to the residence). It should be noted that some movers will include 75-feet (for free) from where the truck can pack to the residence where the shipment is destined and then will charge the customer for each additional 50-feet increment beyond the first free 75-feet (although my company presently does not do so). When the distance from where the moving truck can park is in excess of that which the mover believes is reasonable then the mover charge you for a "shuttle," the charge for which is based upon the weight of your shipment. When the mover performs a shuttle the mover parks the tractor-trailer truck in a convenient location (such as a local big box store), rents a small truck and then uses the smaller truck to move the shipment from the big truck to the residence. The charge for this "shuttle service" helps reimburse the mover for the mover's extra expenses... (a). The extra labor the mover must pay in order to double handle the shipment. ( b). The cost of renting the small truck. (c). The extra time it takes to shuttle the shipment from the large truck to the residence using the shuttle truck. (d). The additional loss/damage exposure that the mover experiences due to the need to double handle the shipment. ---- There are times when a moving truck or van cannot park right next to the new residence to unload directly into the house. When the truck must park far from the residence that is too distant (beyond 200 feet) for the crew to walk toting the goods, a shuttle service is needed. This is a smaller truck that takes the goods to the residence a portion of the shipment at a time. Shuttle charges defray the additional expenses the mover incurs in shuttling the goods such as extra labor, rent of the smaller truck, time extension, and greater exposure of the goods to possibility of loss or damage. Some movers, however, consider 75 feet as the maximum free distance then charge additional labor fees every 50 feet beyond that. Check with your mover about these.
Q
How does moving insurance work?
 
What is the mechanics of moving insurance?
A
moving companies generally do not offer "insurance." Rather, they offer tariff based loss/damage liability which moving companies call "valuation." Although mover's "valuation" functions much the same as insurance it has many distinct differences and it is incorrect to refer to it as "insurance." If you receive a moving cost estimate from a moving company and you ask "does this price include insurance" the mover will most likely say "yes." However, you should ask "what type of insurance?" because the mover has most likely included only the very basic tariff valuation of $0.60 per pound per article which -- if your shipment was to weigh 10,000 pounds (which is a lot of stuff!) -- would provide you with $6,000 should your shipment suffer a catastrophic loss (10,000 pounds x $0.60 = $6,000). You should know that a more realistic replacement value for your 10,000 pound shipment is $60,000. Therefore, if your shipment experienced a total loss and you had selected the $0.60 per pound per article loss/damage valuation then you may be out up to $54,000 ($54,000 being the $60,000 true replacement value less the $0.60 per pound valuation you selected). Such a loss would harm you greatly. ---- There is no ‘insurance’ for moving. Rather the coverage against loss or damage of goods is a tariff-based liability termed ‘valuation, which works similar to insurance except that the liability is fixed at $0.60 per pound per article. In short the moving company will reimburse you only $0.60 for every pound of article lost or damage beyond repair, regardless of its monetary value or acquisition value. For instance, if your 10-pound TV worth $500 is lost or irreparably damaged, the valuation system will pay you only $6.00 for it ($0.60 x 10).
Q
Bonded moving company? What does bonded mean?
 
What is a bonded moving company?
A
A bond (sometimes referred to as a surety bond) is a third party's obligation promising to pay a penalty if a vendor does not fulfill its contractual obligations. There are various types of bonds such as a License Bond, Performance Bond, Bid Bond, Indemnity Bond, and a Payment Bond. A bond is a financial guarantee that you will honor a business contract. Frequently companies which bid on contracts are required be bonded. ---- A bond is usually a promise to fulfill the entailed obligations, often backed by a financial deposit. There are many kinds of bonds such as License Bond, Indemnity Bond and Performance Bond, all guaranteed by some kind of surety for good performance.
Q
How do I get rid of excess furniture?
 
What is the best way to dispose of excess furniture?
A
Many shelters throughout provide service to victims of violence and abuse, the homeless and the mentally or physically ill rely on furniture donations. Contact shelters in your area through the yellow pages or by contacting the United Way. Other places to donate furniture include: I. The Salvation Army ,II. Goodwill Industries ,III. Society of Saint Vincent de Paul ,IV. Vietnam Veterans of America (VVA) ,V. Churches often have outreach programs in need of furniture to give to families in their community. ---- You can sell them via garage sales, give them away to friends and relatives, or donate them to charity houses and shelters for the mentally ill, handicapped, orphans, the homeless and victims of abuse. You can find them through the Yellow Pages or the United Way. Check also The Salvation Army , Goodwill Industries , Society of Saint Vincent de Paul , Vietnam Veterans of America (VVA) ,and your local churches who may have outreach programs giving away furniture to needy families.
Q
What is the best way to pack mirrors & pictures?
 
How do you pack mirrors and pictures?
A
Mirrors, pictures, and glass tops definitely need to be properly packed in order for them to be safely transported. Larger items (and large marble tops) need to be wood crated which is a specialty service offered by most moving companies and better packaging stores. You can purchase "mirror cartons" at any self-storage store and these "mirror cartons" will telescope to fit a wide variety of mirror, picture, and glass top sizes. Always start packing such an item by wrapping it in a paper pad or bubble-wrap (and then pack it into the picture carton). ---- Wrap the item first in paper pad or bubble wrap then insert it into a mirror carton, those telescoping cartons that fit many mirror, glass or picture sizes. They are often sold by good self-storage stores. The carton is wood crated to prevent movement and counter external pressure or impact on the carton. Such fragile and breakable items must be packed professionally to avoid damage or breakage.
Q
What is a local move?
 
How is ‘local move’ defined?
A
Local moves are moves which occur from one address to another within the five county Philadelphia area. This includes Bucks, Chester, Delaware, Montgomery and Philadelphia counties. ---- A local move is relocation from an address to a new one located within a certain radius and within the general community. In Philadelphia, for instance, this will be within the 5-county limits of Philadelphia, Bucks, Montgomery, Delaware and Chester.
Q
How much does a move cost?
 
What is usual cost of a move?
A
This is the most frequently asked question and it has no definite answer. The cost of a move is based on many factors: weight, distance, length of time and the manpower involved. The best option is to contact each prospective mover and request a free estimate. Here are some tips on getting a good estimates. However, don't let price be the deciding factor. It should be about getting your family and your items safely to your new residence. The reputation of a good moving company should go a long way. ---- Frequent question without a definite answer. Every move’s final cost depends on weight of shipment, time span of transport, distance to travel, and number of people hired. To find the cost, you can request free estimates from a few moving companies and compare the services and prices. But do not let the costs be your sole deciding element; look also at the services offered and company reputation. This last is still the best factor to use to find the best company.
Q
How do I begin packing for a move?
 
How do I pack for the move?
A
Packing is one of the most important aspects of your move. It is recommended that you have the proper moving boxes. The ones you can get from supermarkets may be free but they're not nearly as strong or padded. They are more susceptible to causing damage to your valuables in transit. Always remember that the heavier the item, the smaller the box that it should occupy. Buffer and separate fragile objects with sheets, blankets, pillows and towels. Fill in empty spaces to minimize movement during transit. Always mark the boxes containing fragile items. Here's how you can pack like a pro. ---- Use the correct packing boxes, pack the heavier items in smaller cartons, pad the spaces between items and spaces adjoining the carton sides, wrap the fragile ones with blankets, sheets or bubble wraps, and mark the boxes with the fragile articles.
Q
How much are you supposed to tip movers?
 
What is the usual tips for movers?
A
Tips differ depending on the size and difficulty of the move as well as the efforts put forth by the movers. An honest day's job should not go unnoticed. The average tip for local moves is 7-12% of the total bill. The average tip for long distance moves is $3-5 per hour based on the labor. It is best that you compensate each mover separately to acknowledge the hard work by everyone involved in the relocation. Learn more essential moving tips. ---- Tipping varies by size shipment and difficulty in moving. A more difficult or laborious move naturally earns a bigger tip but the standard appears to be 7-12% of the total cost for a local move, and $3-5 per person per hour for longer moves. The easier way to know is to imagine yourself doing the move: how much do you think you should receive as tip for your labor? Try to give the tips individually for fairness and transparency.
Q
What is the Moving Help Customer Agreement?
 
How important is ‘Moving Help Customer Agreement’?
A
This Agreement outlines important legal information and the terms and conditions of your Moving Help transaction. Please take time to read the entire Customer Agreement. ---- It details the vital legal information as well as the terms and conditions stipulated in the transaction. It is best to read and understand the total customer agreement.
Q
Who is a Moving Helper?
 
What is a ‘moving helper’?
A
A Moving Helper is an independent individual or company who participates in the Moving Help marketplace. All Moving Helpers go through a verification process and must complete the Moving Help certified training class to be active on our Web site. Our system of unedited customer reviews assure the best quality Moving Helpers are rated among the top in our marketplace so you can expect a high level of professionalism and quality service on the day of your move. ---- A ‘moving helper’ is an assisting group or individual who have received complete training and verification to be part of our group. Unedited customer testimonies would tell you the high level of professionalism among our moving helpers you can expect on moving day.
Q
What if I do not hear from the Moving Helper after my order is placed?
 
If I do not receive any response from the moving helper after I place my order, what do I do?
A
You should contact your Moving Helper directly using the contact information provided on your order confirmation. Moving Helpers are often out on other jobs and may not respond immediately. If you do not receive a response within 24 hours, please visit the Customer Service area of our Web site and let us know. ---- Try to contact him direct per the contact method and number specified in the order confirmation. He may just be out on an errand or appointment. If after a day passes and still no response, inform us immediately through the Customer Service section of our website.
Q
What happens if a Moving Helper damages my goods during the move?
 
The Moving Helper damages my goods, what do I do?
A
Customer reviews ensure that problems are extremely rare. Any possible damages should be worked out immediately with the Moving Helper. We recommend that you give out the payment code only when the issue has been resolved to your total satisfaction. You also have the ability to provide your feedback by placing your review of the Moving Helper. Your comments and rating are an important part of helping other families select the best Moving Helper for their needs. ---- First, try to work it out with the Moving Helper. Pay only when the matter is settled satisfactorily for you. You can also give a feedback on the Helper, detailing the incident and your comments on it.
Q
Are Moving Helpers bonded or insured?
 
Should Moving Helpers be likewise insured or bonded?
A
We encourage you to look carefully at the Moving Helpers' reviews to read what type of service other customers have experienced. Some Moving Helpers are bonded or insured, although it is not required. You can find out additional information on each Moving Helper in their individual profiles. Our marketplace allows you to read reviews on all Moving Helpers so you can properly select the one who meets your needs. ---- Moving Helpers are not required to be bonded nor insured, but there are those who are. You can scan the helpers’ individual profiles and reviews in our website to find which one suits your needs best.
Q
How much does Moving Help service cost?
 
How much is the usual rate of moving helpers?
A
Moving Help is a marketplace that gives you the opportunity to shop for the best prices & service from independent customer-rated Moving Helpers in your area. The cost of service varies depending on the Moving Helper you select. Moving Helpers are required to display all fees, including taxes and service charges. This is to ensure that you are fully aware of all costs before your purchase. ---- The total cost depends on who among the moving helpers you select to assist you. You can choose who via the consumer-rated profiles listed in the site, including all the relevant fees, taxes they pay and service charges so you will know exactly how much you will pay for their help.
Q
How many hours of Moving Help do I need?
 
How long will my more take?
A
Based on your move size, our quick estimate is a starting point for the total number of hours you may require. If you have especially bulky or heavy items or any specialty items such as a piano, we recommend you increase your hours accordingly. Stairs, furniture that will need disassembling before loading, or having boxes and furniture unloaded in specific rooms are some other factors that will increase your total job time. ---- We can give you a quick estimate on how many hours your move may need based on size but it will not be definitive. Other factors such as heavy or special items like pianos and furniture, how high the stairs or no stairs at all, items that must be disassembled before they can be loaded and if the goods are packed already must be considered also.
Q
Can I tip a Moving Helper?
 
Do moving helpers get tipped also?
A
The best way to reward a Moving Helper is with a five star review. In addition to giving a great review, tipping is encouraged for the excellent service you will receive. ---- If you got superlative service, why not? You can also give excellent review in the site for better business.
Q
How do I cancel my Moving Help order?
 
I want to cancel my moving help order. How do I go about it?
A
You can cancel your order by filling out the form in the Customer Service section of our website. Please allow 5-7 business days for the refund to post to your account. ---- Simply fill out the Customer Service form in the website. It may take up to 7 days to refund your account.
Q
How do I make changes to my Moving Help order?
 
If I want to amend my order, what do I do?
A
Please contact the Moving Helper(s) directly to make any necessary changes. Contact information for the Moving Helper can be found on your order confirmation email. ---- You may contact your Moving Helper directly through the information in the confirmation email.
Q
How does Sterling Van Lines calculate the cost of moving?
 
What is the method Sterling Van Lines uses to compute the moving costs?
A
Your cost is based on the items that you wish to move. All costs for blanket wrap moves are guaranteed. You name the items, we tell you how much it will cost to move those items. If you add items the cost will be adjusted. If you delete items your cost will also be adjusted. ---- We base it on the articles you want moved. Each item has a corresponding moving cost including packing and wraps so if you add or delete items in the list, the cost will be amended accordingly.
Q
How do I select a moving company?
 
What is the best way to choose my moving company?
A
Be careful. Begin by assuring yourself that your prospective mover is registered with the State of Ohio (PUCO) in Columbus, Ohio. Each mover must be registered to do business within the state! Ask for their PUCO registration number and call the state if you have any questions. This registration insures the mover will carry the required amount of liability insurance on their personnel and on their vehicles. It also insures compliance should you have a claim for damage. Check with the Better Business Bureau in your area to determine the complaint experience. Check with your local Chamber of Commerce President to see what they have been told. Do you know anyone else who has had experience with the prospective mover? What about your realtor? People at work? Ask for some references. Do you trust the person giving you the estimate? How open are they to answering your questions, giving you alternative suggestions. ---- Do your due diligence: see if it is legitimately-registered business in the state by requesting their PUCO registration number; check it with the Better Business Bureau if they have records of complaints; ask the local Chamber of Commerce for any opinion; inquire of friends, real estate people, colleagues and family if they have any experience with the company and what can they say, and directly ask the company for references. Finally, feel them out: if the agent is evasive in answering specific questions, feel free to remove them from your list.
Q
How can I show my appreciation for a job well done by my moving company?
 
What is the best way to manifest my appreciation of a moving company’s work?
A
Write a letter to the company president, specifically praising those people who did a good job, from the beginning of the process to the end. Your taking the time to send a letter will be greatly appreciated! And don't forget to tell your friends and your realtor - they, too, may have need of the mover's service. ---- You can write a commendatory letter addressed to the company president, mentioning the people who did their job well. If the company has an interactive website, you can also praise them in the comments section. These acts are the best means of appreciating good work. You can also tell the realtors, your friends, family and everyone. Word of mouth is still the best way to promote something.
Q
What other items can affect the total cost of my move?
 
Are there any other factors aside from weight and distance that influence the cost of moving?
A
Packing - This service can be provided on a customized basis, where only selected items are packed, or on a whole-house basis. The total cost of packing includes a packing rate per box and the cost of the box. Storage-in-Transit - This service can be provided should the homeowner need to vacate their home ahead of schedule. The cost of this service depends primarily on how long the household goods remain in storage and the amount stored. Insurance (also known as Valuation) - There are several choices available to the homeowner. Coverage may be available from the homeowner's own insurance broker via the homeowner's policy already in force, or through a rider to the homeowner's current policy. Basic coverage is available, at no cost, to the homeowner provided by the mover Replacement value coverage is available to the homeowner for an additional charge. Deductibles are available to lessen the cost of this line item. Items requiring Special Handling - There will be an additional fee for items requiring special handling like grandfather clocks, riding lawn mowers, boats, motorcycles, and automobiles. ---- A few of them are: Packing services: whether provided on full-service or customized. Costs include the packing boxes and materials and the packer’s labor. Storage-in-transit: provided if the destination house is still occupied or the owner must move out ahead of time. The cost depends on how long the goods must be stored, volume stored and type of storage required. Valuation/Insurance: owner can buy additional insurance on top of the valuation coverage of $0.60/pound/item, like replacement insurance and maybe accident insurance. Special handling services: for shipping, motorcycles, cars, boats, antique grandfather clocks, sit-on-top mowers, etc.
Q
How do I pay for the move? What are my options?
 
How and when is payment? In what forms?
A
A personal check is generally accepted for a local move. A major credit card or certified check is generally expected for intra-state, inter-state or international moves at time of delivery. ---- For local moves a personal check will suffice, but other forms are also accepted: major credit/debit cards, cash, certified check, all of which are the acceptable forms for long-distance moves like intrastate, interstate and international, payable at delivery or destination.
Q
How do I pay for the move? What are my options?
 
How and when is payment? In what forms?
A
A personal check is generally accepted for a local move. A major credit card or certified check is generally expected for intra-state, inter-state or international moves at time of delivery. ---- For local moves a personal check will suffice, but other forms are also accepted: major credit/debit cards, cash, certified check, all of which are the acceptable forms for long-distance moves like intrastate, interstate and international, payable at delivery or destination.
Q
How can I show my appreciation for a job well done by my moving company?
 
How should I commend the moving crew who has done excellent service?
A
Write a letter to the company president, specifically praising those people who did a good job, from the beginning of the process to the end. Your taking the time to send a letter will be greatly appreciated! And don't forget to tell your friends and your realtor - they, too, may have need of the mover's service. ---- You can write a commendatory letter addressed to the company president, mentioning the people who did their job well. If the company has an interactive website, you can also praise them in the comments section. These acts are the best means of appreciating good work. You can also tell the realtors, your friends, family and everyone. Word of mouth is still the best way to promote something.
Q
When should I call a moving company?
 
How soon must I inform a moving company of my plan to move?
A
The earlier, the better. Although the actual van assignment may not be made until a few days before your move (please call for last minute moves), it's wise to give your moving company from four to six week's notice, if possible. The more lead time you can give, the more likely we will be able to meet your preferred delivery schedule. All moving companies, for their standard type of service, require alternate pickup and delivery dates. We'll do our best, of course, to comply with the dates you prefer or the nearest possible alternatives. You will be notified in advance of the loading date for your goods and of the estimated date of arrival. ---- As soon as you decide on moving, but not less than four weeks before your desired moving dates. This should give the company enough time to schedule and meet your move dates, even if the van/truck may not be assigned earlier than a few days before desired dates. Alternative dates may also be needed and you will be informed in advance of the actual dates of pickup and delivery.
Q
How long does it take to move?
 
How many days is a move done?
A
This depends on many factors, such as the time of the month, weather conditions, size of your shipment, time required to load and unload, and the direction and distance your shipment is traveling. Because the furnishings of the average household will not fill a van, it is often necessary for two or more shipments to be loaded on the same van. Each shipment is carefully sectioned off from the others. With the help of Velocity's computer-assisted dispatching system, pickup and delivery dates are scheduled according to the origins and destinations of individual shipments on the van, as well as shipment weight. ---- It varies according to many factors such as weather at the time of moving, volume of shipment, time of month/year, distance to travel and route. The contents of an ordinary house would not fill a van so often additional shipments are loaded as well, sectioned from each other. Velocity’s computerized dispatch service can schedule these loadings efficiently so you are assured of excellent service.
Q
How do you determine what my move will cost?
 
How is the cost of any move computed?
A
The exact cost of your move cannot be determined until after your shipment has been loaded on the van and weighed. If additional services are requested or become necessary after loading and weighing, additional charges will be incurred. Basic transportation charges depend on the actual weight of your goods and the distance they will travel. The total cost will include these transportation costs, any charges for Full-Value Coverage or Depreciated Coverage, plus charges for any "accessorize" services performed by the Velocity agent at your request. These charges are based on the military/government rate schedules. ---- The exact amount is not known until the shipment is loaded and weighed. But basically the cost is based on weight, the distance to travel, additional services rendered like packing and so on, insurance whether full-value or depreciated value coverage, and other services as may be requested of Velocity.
Q
Do I need to pay for a company to give me an estimate of how much the move will cost?
 
Must I pay for a requested estimate?
A
Absolutely not! Steer clear of removals companies who charge customers by simply giving them an estimate. This service should be given free of charge, and it is your right to change your mind if you think that a removals company has too high a charge. This is unless you have already signed a binding estimate or an initial agreement with a removals company. ---- Never! Avoid companies that charge for estimates, which are free. And, you can reject estimates even without giving any reason, unless you have accepted a binding one or signed an agreement.
Q
How to Successfully Move in Winter?
 
Do you have tips for moving during winter?
A
Everyone knows that the winter in Chicago can be rather vicious, meaning that moving can be quite the task. The temperatures can be cold and windy and there are times in which snow and ice can be added to already harsh weather. That is why you need to know how to successfully move in the winter. Here are some tips to help you: #1 Dress as warm as you can. Of course you don’t want to feel like you’re freezing to death. However, you may get warm with all of the moving around that moving entails, so you will need to layer accordingly. That way you can remove layers as you get warm and put them back on as you get cold again. #3 Try to keep your heat on. This means not having your electricity or your gas turned off before your move is complete. You never know when you might have to stay an extra night. #4 Keep a kettle of hot water handy as well as some hot soup. Hot teas, coffee, and soup can do wonders for you and your Chicago movers It also helps to have snacks available so that you and the Chicago moving company employees can have a warming energy boost. ---- Chicago winter can be nasty and moving truly difficult, what with the ice and cold. To help you move successfully: 1) Dress warmly, so you don’t freeze up with cold weather. 2) Dress in layers, so you can peel clothes off when you warm up working, and dress up when you get cold anew. 3. Cut off the heat last if possible. A warm room is nicer to work in than a cold one, particularly if you have to sleep overnight in it due to unfinished packing or loading. 4) Hot water will be a blessing for you and the crew. Coffee and hot chocolate and some snacks to munch will keep the energy levels high and the spirits fresh.
Q
What are the Tips to Help You Move with Small Animals Properly?
 
How do you move small animal pets with the least stress to them?
A
Pets are precious animals for most of us who consider them to be a part of the family already. Albeit dogs and cats are the most popular and highly cherished animals today, small pets like hamsters, mice, rats, gerbils, rabbits, and guinea pigs equally deserve special treatment. If you’re about to move out to a new home, you’ll never want to leave them behind. Here are some useful tips that you can consider before loading up your tiny pets into the car:• Typically, you can simply put your pet in its normal cage and you’re good to go. However, if the cage is really big, disassemble it first and transfer the animal into a smaller cage. This will help you save more space in the car for other important items. If you have a rabbit or ferret which usually needs bigger cages, you can purchase small cat or dog’s carrier so that your pet can fit comfortably inside the car.• To avoid any spillage during the trip, remove the animal’s dish from the cage in case your pet drinks water from a water dish. A good way to keep your precious pet dehydrated is to make a few stops along the way and give it some water. If your pet drinks from a water bottle inside the cage, this could stay but be sure that it is attached to the cage securely.• The previous tip applies to food bowls. Try to keep the bowl away from the cage to avoid food spillage. As mentioned earlier, you can stop several times along the way to feed your pet.• Small pets are generally vulnerable even to slight temperature changes. To protect your pet from unnecessary illnesses, keep the heat or air conditioning turned on. Additionally, put a towel over the cage for protection against drafts. This also serves as a covering from intense sunlight to keep your pet comfortable and calm throughout the ride.• Your pet may not like it if the car stereo is turned on at a blasting volume. Animals easily get startled as they have more sensitive senses than humans so you should be considerate enough and try to keep the volume low. Once you arrive at your new house, place the animal’s cage in a safe area where it will not be disturbed. You can then go back to your routine activities with your pet such as cleaning, feeding, and playing with it. Before you know it, you and your pet will be settled happily in the new house. ---- Small pets are often so lovable they can hardly be left behind during relocation, even for a few hours. Most pet owners take the pets along in the car, and here are some tips to do that successfully and stress-free for the pets: 1) Transfer pets from large cages to smaller ones to allow space for other needs; 2) Remove the food and water pans from the cages to avoid spilling their contents into the car; 3) Feed and water your pets as you stop to eat on the way; 4) Keep the car heater or air conditioner on at the same temperature along the way because pets are often temperature-sensitive. You can also cover the cage with some fabric to keep the pets from sunlight and seeing stressful things outside the cage; 5) The car stereo if turned on must be on low volume setting so as not to upset pets, which are highly sensitive to external stimuli; 6) When you reach home, place the cages where they will not be disturbed as you continue with your moving activities. When through, continue with what you normally do with your pets such as feeding, cleaning and playing with them. Return them to their former cages also as soon as you can.
Q
Are There Special Moving Hours?
 
Any restricted hours for moving?
A
Many buildings restrict moving to certain times of the day, such as between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. or not during rush hour. The rules may be different if you won't need to use the elevator or stairwell because you're moving to a ground-floor apartment. Once you know about any time restrictions, you can schedule accordingly with any movers you hire or plan for your truck rental. ---- There are buildings that prohibit moving activities in certain times of ordinary days when there is much human traffic like 9AM to 6PM. It is wise to know them so you can inform the crew or moving company so they can schedule their work during ‘open’ hours. If you are moving into a ground-floor area, the rules may be different, but know them, too.
Q
Is There a Special Elevator for Moving?
 
Is it always necessary to use the passenger elevator when moving?
A
In addition to a passenger elevator, some buildings have a freight elevator. If your building has one, your landlord may require you to use it to avoid inconveniencing other tenants and to ensure that you don't damage the elevator with any large pieces of furniture or hurt yourself or other tenants. If there's a special elevator you need to use, you may need to coordinate with the super to gain access to it. ---- Passenger elevators are mainly for people, but if there is no freight elevator in your building, you will have to use it. But it will inconvenience other tenants and guests and possibly damage it as well. Check with the building superintendent about it as soon as you can.
Q
Is There a Special Entrance for Moving?
 
What about entrances for moving in?
A
If your building has a side or back entrance, your landlord may require you to use it for your move. This way, there's no risk that your heavy or sharp items will damage the main entryway or lobby. Also, an alternate entrance may be wider and have no steps (or a ramp), which makes for an easier move. ---- Most buildings have back entrances used for taking in supplies and moving out trash. Your landlord or building supervisor may ask you to use it so your moving will not damage or congest the front entrance or lobby. Also, the back entrance may have ramps or wider to ease moving in.
Q
What Are the Dimensions of the Elevator, Stairwell, Hallways, and Doors?
 
Are elevators, stairs, hallways and doors able to admit large pieces of furniture?
A
If you have a long couch or other pieces of furniture that you can't disassemble, you've got to know whether they can make the journey from your truck to your new place. So, take measurements of the elevator, stairwell, hallways, and doors you'll be using so you're confident any large or bulky items can make it through. The last thing you want is to learn that some pieces of your furniture can't go in your apartment after they've already been packed and taken out of the moving truck. ---- It is best to measure points of entry whether they can take in your biggest items such as couches or sofas that cannot be knocked down. It is frustrating to realize your best furniture cannot be moved in when they have unloaded and the crew has tried their best.
Q
Do You Need to Reserve a Time for Moving Day?
 
Should moving day be reserved time?
A
Some buildings require tenants to sign up to reserve a day for their move. Landlords may allow no more than a certain number of moves to take place at any given time, to prevent too much congestion and inconvenience to tenants. This is especially true around the days that many leases begin, such as the first of the month or the first day of June or September for buildings that house off-campus students. ---- Some building managers do not want too much activity during ordinary days and want relocations done on certain weekends, after working hours or middle of months. It is best to ask the building supervisor about this.
Q
Where Can Moving Trucks Park?
 
Can the moving trucks park right in front of the building?
A
Whether you're moving yourself or you've hired professional movers to help you, you need to know where you can park. Of course, you'll want to park as close as possible to the building entrance you'll be using. If your building has its own parking lot, find out where your moving truck can park. If you'll need to park on the street, check the parking restrictions for the day and time you're planning to move, whether you need to feed a meter, and how likely you'll be to get a spot in different nearby locations. ---- Some buildings allow parking right in front; others don’t. in some you can park anytime of the day; in others night or weekends only. Some buildings have parking lots at the back; others don’t. Thus it is best to know this beforehand so you can instruct the moving van driver accordingly.
Q
How to Operate Your Business During a Move?
 
Is it possible to keep operating a business even while you are moving it?
A
When moving a business, it’s critical that downtime is kept to a minimum. Each day that a company fails to provide services, ceases production or reduces the amount of work that’s completed, is a day of lost revenue, followed by the potential for permanent loss of customers who decide to take their business elsewhere. Keeping your business fully running during a move is essential to any company’s success. And the key to that success, is to create a comprehensive moving plan to ensure both employees and the public are aware of your moving schedule. ---- It is important that business downtime be in the minimum as much as possible. Each day without work is lost revenue, maybe lost clientele and wasted expenses. To keep the business operating until the last possible minute, it is best to formulate a detailed plan of relocation so the customers and employees are aware of the move schedule, with the customer-oriented sections going out last.
Q
Should We Hire an Outside Consultant?
 
Is it necessary to engage a moving consultant?
A
Hiring a moving consultant is a good idea if your company is short on time and/or staff. A move will take a lot of human resource time and energy to complete, so when you’re planning for the move make sure you take this into consideration. Staff time should be put into your moving budget as an expense. Before deciding if you should hire an outside company or consultant, crunch the numbers to see how much you’ll be spending if you keep the moving services internal to your company. Again, consider how many full-time staff will be required to plan, implement and execute the move. This should also include time for marketing and notification to customers and service providers. It may be worth your company’s while to hire an outside consultant to handle all the moving details. ---- It may be worthwhile to hire a moving consultant to plan out the details of the move. However, as this will be extra expense, you may consider first which is more expensive: hiring a consultant or losing man-hours due to employees working for the move, including informing customers and service affiliates.
Q
What About a Communications Plan?
 
Is a communication plan needed?
A
A fundamental key to any moving plan must include a communications plan. If you have a medium to large company, it’s a good idea to create separate internal and externals plans; employees will need to be kept abreast of time frames well in advance of public notification. An internal plan should include employee roles, tasks to be completed and predetermined meetings when employees will have a chance to provide input, ask questions and assist in making decisions. Remember, the more employees are involved in the initial decision-making steps, the more they’ll be on board for the move. ---- A communications plan is a basic need for moving an office because you should involve your employees from planning to implementing the move. Your plan may need two parts: external, for your clients, affiliates and customers, and internal, for the employees. The latter should specify the roles, tasks and other activities the employees will perform to carry out the move. The more employees are involved at the outset, the more they will be active participants.
Q
How does container based moving and storage work?
 
Container-based moving: how is it done?
A
Container based moving and storage is a very flexible way to handle your move. With container based moving and storage the company brings the container to your home and then you typically can take your time packing. When you are ready you simply call the company and they pick up the container and move it to your new house or store it in one of their warehouses. Then, when you are ready to move they would deliver it to your new house. This is obviously fantastic if you are caught in between moves or if you know you need more flexibility. Container based storage is a great way to get space for your remodeling or home improvement project. You can get a container delivered and move out everything from the room or section of the home that you are working on. And you can leave that container in front of your home or of course they can store it for you at their warehouse. ---- Container-based moving is done this way: the company leaves a container for your use. You load it up with your goods and once done you contact the company. They pick up the container to deliver it in your new address. Very useful when you must have some leeway in moving dates. You can also use it to deposit your household goods while cleaning, refurbishing, repainting or otherwise need the whole house space for doing something. You can park the container nearby or have it stored in the warehouse.
Q
How is container based moving and storage different from a full service van line company?
 
Is container-based moving different from full-service moving? In what ways
A
With container based moving and storage the company brings the container to your home and then you typically can take your time packing. When you are ready you simply call the company and they pick up the container and move it to your new house or store it in one of their warehouses. Then, when you are ready to move they would deliver it to your new house. With a full service van line they typically come early in the morning, do all of the packing and loading for you and then move your items as well. Container based moving and storage is typically much less expensive than a full service van line company because you are doing the packing and the loading. ---- Container-based moving differs from full-service in that the former allows you time to load it up yourself. When ready you simply call them up so they can take it to your new home or store it. In the latter, the moving crew comes to your house with the van, packs your goods, loads them and away they go to your new address. Not much time allowance for other jobs. Since you do the packing and loading, container moving costs much less than full-service moving.
Q
How do I determine which moving companies to contact?
 
How do I select the right moving company?
A
Ask your neighbors, friends, co-workers and family if they can make recommendations. Investigate each of the movers you select with the Better Business Bureau. Make sure they drug screen and background check all employees, and they provide proof of insurance along with their business license. ---- You can inquire from people you know: friends, family, co-workers and neighbors if they can recommend any. Check these companies with the Better Business Bureau, moving companies associations in your area, and state regulations agency if they are duly licensed or registered.
Q
When should I contact moving companies for estimates?
 
How soon do I request estimates from moving companies?
A
Try to provide moving companies with as much notice as possible, especially if you are moving during the industry’s “peak season” (mid-May to mid-September) or during the first or last week of the month, regardless of the season. Cord Moving and Storage strongly recommends making arrangements four to six weeks before your desired moving date. This will increase your likelihood of securing the pickup and delivery dates you desire. Add even more time to make a decision if you are obligated by your employer to submit estimates for approval. Try to determine which mover you will use four weeks from your actual load date. Call your mover to confirm your booking and schedule your packing, loading and delivery dates. Timeframe can be shortened in the “off-peak season”. ---- About six weeks from your desired moving date will be ideal, but at least four weeks prior to it, particularly if the dates are during busiest months of April to September, during weekends and around holidays. As early as possible increases the odds your move dates will be accommodated. Add more time if your office needs the estimates to fund your move, but decide four weeks before the dates which company you will use. The time allowance may be shortened a little during ‘off seasons’ or dates.
Q
Can the “stuff” in my dressers stay?
 
Must I remove the stuff from my dresser drawers?
A
Yes; clothes can stay in dresser drawers. Take breakables, spoilable, valuables, out. Many times a piece has to be stood on its side. If the idea of the contents of the drawers taking that kind of movement terrifies you; it is probably best you pack the drawers contents into cartons. ---- Often dressers are positioned on their sides within the van to save space. If the contents of the dressers are fragile, breakable, spoilable, spill able, better pack them in cartons. Also take the valuables out
Q
Can movers move everything?
 
Do the movers transport all items in a house?
A
Movers cannot take your stamp collections, money, jewelry, coin collections. Those are best moved by you. Ask us how. Flammable, and explosives, and other items are not allowed. Aerosol spray cans, can’t go on the truck. Propane gas tanks. Nope… Gas cans. ---- Movers are prohibited from taking into the moving truck flammable materials and containers such as propane tanks, gasoline cans, aerosol sprays. Also explosives, firearms, and such articles. Your valuables, jewelry, item collections and others important to you are better taken by you.
Q
Do we have to have things taken apart?
 
Is it necessary to disassemble articles?
A
We can take the mirrors off dressers and take beds apart. Anything we take apart we will reassemble upon arrival at your new location. We put things where you want in the room as you direct, and redirect, and direct. A couple of times is ok. ---- If they can be taken apart they would be disassembled to save truck space. But they will be reassembled at destination and paced in your desired room or location as you direct or redirect.
Q
Can you take my lamps, and shades?
 
What are about lamps and lampshades?
A
Yes we can, but they do need to be boxed. Lamps, and shades do not load well around chairs, and pianos. You may elect to move them in your car. We can help place them. ---- Yes but they must be packed in boxes and if space allows. They are rather flimsy and fragile things and might not do well beside large items like dressers, chairs and pianos. Better if you take them with you if possible.
Q
What about furniture in kit form?
 
What do I do with kit furniture?
A
If you brought it home in the car, spent a Saturday putting it together; Please take it apart. It may not fit out of the room. It is not very strong. The sawdust and glue holding it together is not designed to withstand moving. ---- If you assembled it after purchase, you can disassemble it before shipping. Kit furniture are weak and does cannot usually withstand moving.
Q
How much advance notice is required to schedule a move?
 
How long in advance should I inform the company about my move?
A
Generally, a minimum of two weeks’ notice is suggested to reserve the specific date of your choice. Often moves can be done on short notice as well. ---- For local moves, two weeks prior notice may be enough to schedule your relocation. For longer distance moving, four to six weeks is the norm.
Q
When is the peak period for movers?
 
What time is the busiest for movers?
A
The summer months are the busiest, primarily because children are out of school. Also, the last week of any month is the usually the busiest time of the month. Try to avoid these peak periods if possible. Doing so may enable you to move at a lower cost. ---- Late spring and whole of summer when school is out, last week of any month and days surrounding holidays. If you avoid these months and days you may save on costs.
Q
Is your company licensed and insured?
 
Must moving companies like yours be insured and licensed?
A
Finding out if the company is licensed to do moves in your state whether it is locally or long distance. Some states do not require the mover to be licensed, but other states are very strict on their licensing laws. It is important that you understand your laws, and requirements on the type of move you are doing, and don’t be shy to ask your company to provide you with a general copy of their certificate of insurance, or license # so you can verify this information. ---- Some states do not mandate that moving companies be licensed nor insured, but other states strictly enforce the licensing and insuring of movers. Find out the relevant laws in your state and check your mover by requesting copies of the certificate of insurance and license number. We are registered and insured.
Q
Do you work on any accounts in the area?
 
Are you able to work in any account in your locality?
A
If a company is doing work regularly in an area, it is a good sign that they are doing a good job, if they have continuous accounts, or do regular business with someone. Ask for references: Remember your family and friends are the best reference, because all movers should be able to come up with someone that likes them. ---- A moving company that has continuous work in its area indicates it is a reliable and reputable company, trusted by many movers. Check with people you know: they might know someone like that, but we do work on accounts in our jurisdiction.
Q
What forms of payment do you take?
 
How are you paid?
A
Finding out what your mover accepts whether it is MasterCard, visa, American express, discover, check, certified or cash, this is an important question to discuss ahead of time. ---- Usually, movers accept personal checks for local moves, but only major credit/debit cards, cash or certified checks for longer distance moving. Check it with your mover.
Q
Are there any cancellation fees?
 
Do companies charge fees for cancelling scheduled moves?
A
Don’t schedule a mover if you are still shopping around, that is unfair to the company, but situations do occur where you may need to cancel, (closing issues, emergency situation, etc, find out from your mover ahead of time, so you are not shocked if something does arise). ---- It is unfair to accept an estimate if you are not decided on dates and mover. But if you do have to cancel for other reasons, yes there are cancellation fees. Check with your mover agent before accepting any estimate or quote.
Q
Will you provide your quote in writing?
 
Are quotes given in written form?
A
If a mover will not give you a written estimate, you may want to look elsewhere, but just remember some states like Ohio do not require a written estimate if the move is less than $500 or booked within 5 days of the moving date. Ask for a guaranteed date, time frame in writing. This way if there are any situations you have your end of the deal. Ask your mover for their address, phone #, and make sure they exist. There are some rogue companies on there, so make sure you are dealing with a reputable company. ---- Delist from your consideration any company that won’t give written estimates and quotes, though remember in some states like Ohio written estimates are not mandatory for moves costing $500 or less, or booked just five days before moving date. When accepting an estimate, firm up the moving date and time frame in writing so you are assured of the deal. Get their phone numbers, name of the representative, address, and proof of legitimacy. Scamming ‘companies’ do exist.
Q
What services does the moving company offer?
 
What are the services rendered by moving companies?
A
Moving and storage companies today provide many different services. Some of the services offered include packing, unpacking, specialty packing (wines, collectibles), furniture set-up, short-term and long-term storage, and these are just some of the services provided. Some companies offer auto transport services as well. While there may be an extra fee incurred to take advantage of some of these additional services, sometimes the fees are well worth the time and money saved. It is important to ask any potential moving and storage company what services they provide, and get prices for the services to see if any would fit into your moving budget. ---- Most companies do packing/unpacking, loading/unloading, short- /long-term storage, and transport. Others add specialized packing (for bottled items, valuables, etc.), auto transport, and some others, for reasonable costs. Be sure to check with your company agent about all their services.
Q
Does the company use the services of subcontractors to handle their moves?
 
Is the use of subcontractors usual in the moving industry?
A
Many moving and storage companies use the services of their own employees. However, some companies utilize the services of sub-contractors to help them with their moves. Whether it is company employees or subcontractors, you want to be aware of who is transporting your household belongings. Ask any potential moving and storage companies whom they use. ---- Most companies have employees that perform the move, but some companies do hire subcontractors, especially in the busy seasons. Company crew or contracted labor, you should know your movers.
Q
Can the moving company store my items for me until I settle into my new home?
 
Is storage available if I cannot occupy my new residence just yet?
A
Several of the larger moving and storage companies offer storage services at nominal fees. Just as there are different types of moving options, there are also different types of storage options available to you for your move. For instance, if you only need your belongings stored short-term, you should inquire about short-term storage services. If you plan to leave your belongings in storage for a longer period, discuss long-term storage options and pricing with all potential moving and storage companies. ---- Many larger moving companies have their own warehouses to temporarily store goods for some fees. If you think you will need storage, temporary or long-term, be sure to discuss the options, prices and features with your agent beforehand. This is important.
Q
Is there anything I can do to make sure I am prepared for my move?
 
How do I make sure I can move speedily?
A
Make sure that your belongings are packed. Beds are disassembled, freezer/refrigerator is emptied and defrosted. Make sure all appliances are disconnected (gas). If you live in a building that requires elevator use, make sure that you make arrangements to have the elevator reserved. ---- Prepare the appliances, pack the goods, disassemble the knock-down furniture, empty the freezer and refrigerator, and disconnect gas and electrical connections. Arrange with your building supervisor for the use of the freight or passenger elevator.
Q
Are any of my moving expenses deductible?
 
What moving expenses can be tax-deductible?
A
The moving process can be costly. However, some moving expenses can be tax-deductable. • Job-related relocation. If your new job is at 50 miles away from your old job, the IRS allows you to claim some expenses as tax deductions. • Packing and unpacking expenses. Includes materials and services, such as boxes and moving services. • Transportation to your new home. Includes moving trucks, rental vans, and personal travel. Lodging is also deductible. • Moving insurance. Either standard, declared value or full replacement value. • Storage. Up to a month during the relocation. • Donations. Moving is the best time to rid yourself of unwanted possessions. Toss aside everything you don't want to bring with you. If you give your unwanted items to charity, you can deduct your donations. Keep a list and approximate value of what you've donated, along with the receipt from the charitable center, and submit both items with your tax return. However, there is such a thing as too many donations. ------ Relocating residence is rather expensive so there are items deductible from your tax liabilities: a. Job relocation. If the new workplace is farther than 50 miles from the present, some items are deductible. b. Transport to your new residence. Truck/van rental costs and personal travel expenses, so is lodging in transit. c. Insurance for moving. Standard, full-value or declared value insurance. d. Storage costs up to a month. e. Donations to charity of whatever possessions. You will need the list and estimated value of the items donated, and receipt of donation to include in your tax return. Donations have no limit in terms of number or value.
Q
What questions should you ask when hiring a packing or unpacking service?
 
How do I hire a packing/unpacking service?
A
If you're going to the expense of hiring a company to pack and unpack your items, I would choose a recognized name-brand moving company. Call three in your area and get estimates. Make sure the employees are bonded and ask what insurance is included. Ask them what packing materials they will use, how many people they will send and what training their movers receive. Twice I've moved with the company paying relocation expenses, including packing and unpacking. Be aware that when they unpack, they will just stuff everything somewhere - not put it where you want it. Having them pack is a luxury (if you can afford it), but having them unpack can be a nightmare. I'd rather do it myself. ---- If you want your goods packed and unpacked, go for a reputable company. Comparison-shop from three movers in your area, those that have bonded and insured employees. Inquire about the kind of packing they use, how many people in the crew and what training they received. Know that when they unpack they simply put the items anywhere they want so it is better if you do the unpacking yourself.
Q
What is the best way to move a large TV from one apartment to another?
 
How do you move a large television set?
A
Two Ways depending on type of TV: If trying to move an older bulky TV by yourself the only safe would be using a hand truck or dolly. Pad with some blankets & you should be fine. Your flat screen TV is another story. Be careful of the screens. Do not put any kind of bubble wrap or plastic on the screen. It is always best to keep the original box & packing materials for transportation of these newer flat screens. The weight is not usually the issue. ---- When it is the old-style CRT TV, wrap it with some blankets and use a handtrucks or dolly. For a flat screen TV, better use the original packing and carton to transport it. Never put bubble wrap or plastic on the screen, which is sensitive to any kind of pressure.
Q
Can you lay a refrigerator down to move it? Many can't.
 
Can refrigerators be laid on their sides? Some advise not to.
A
Many cannot be safely moved or even positioned on their sides. Certainly, units with coils in the back should never be rested on their backs. Some units have fragile copper refrigerant lines that might be damaged by a shifting compressor if the unit is laid on its side. If you can, you should call tech support or customer service and ask them about your model. ---- Many refs should not be laid on their sides, having fragile refrigerant tubing’s and compressors. Others, however, will only shift the liquid refrigerant up the coils, and standing them up for a day restores them to normal operation. Never put refs on their backs, though. Check with the manufacturer or technician about this for your refrigerator.
Q
Is moving labor the only moving expense I should expect?
 
Is labor the single expense factor in moving?
A
Moving labor represents the majority of the moving expense. However, you should also budget for packing supplies, such as moving boxes and tape, and for additional valuation (moving insurance) as needed. Gentle Giant takes special precautions with delicate or oversized items, such as flat screen televisions and chandeliers. These items often require a custom wooden crate, which will incur an additional fee. ---- It is the largest expense but not the only one. There are also packing, additional valuation or insurance, and transport expenses. Gentle Giant also takes care of extra needs like packing for fragile and breakable items such as chandeliers, TVs and refrigerators, that need wooden crates to transport safely.
Q
How accurate will the moving estimate be?
 
Will your moving estimate be reasonably accurate?
A
With over 100 (combined) years of experience, our sales team prides themselves on providing the most accurate moving estimates in the industry. Our proprietary sales system ensures that we work closely with every customer to fully understand his/her moving needs and to provide a moving estimate that reflects those needs. Be sure to offer as much information as possible at the time of the estimate - this includes reviewing the inventory for accuracy. Neglecting to mention additional items, or difficult areas of access, at the time of the moving estimate almost always results in unexpected costs for the customer. ---- Our vast combined experience (more than 100 years) will assure you we have the best system of making the most accurate estimates. Working closely with customers, we explore their moving needs to formulate the best method of answering them. Give out as much information as possible to create as accurate estimate as possible. Do not hesitate likewise to ask to review the inventory, because if some things are overlooked, they will raise the total costs later.
Q
How far in advance should I schedule my move?
 
How early should I schedule my relocation with the company?
A
We recommend scheduling your move as far in advance as you can. The farther out you can plan your move, the greater the availability you will have in choosing a date and time that is convenient for you. A general rule of thumb is to contact us no later than two weeks in advance of your desired move date. We realize advance planning is not always possible, and do our best to accommodate last minute customers as well. ---- Scheduling it as early or advanced as you can will increase the chances of it being done on the date and time you want. During off season, two weeks often would be enough, but during the busy months from April to September, at least four weeks in advance is the norm.
Q
What day/date is best for a move?
 
When is the preferable time for moving?
A
Because complex events, such as a home closure or completion of construction, can be delayed due to unforeseen circumstances, we don't recommend scheduling your move for the same day. Save yourself the stress of rescheduling and plan your move date for several days after your closing date. Demand for moving services is generally at its lowest during the middle of the month and, in particular, the middle of the week. If your schedule allows for a move on one of these days, Movers often offer their most competitive rates during those times. ---- Exigencies or problems in home closure or construction can delay moving, so it is not advisable to move on those previously specified dates. Schedule your move a few days after just to be sure. Make it middle of the month and week to take advantage of less busy times and more probably lower rates.
Q
I want to do some packing and moving before the movers arrive. What areas would be most helpful?
 
I want to pack items before the movers arrive. How do I go about it?
A
Focus on packing, instead of moving. Smaller items and moving boxes can be moved very quickly by professional movers. Don't spend time trying to move these items yourself. Rather, focus on packing boxes, so when the movers arrive, you are 100% ready. For more information on packing and packing supplies check out our Pack like the Pros video series. ---- Concentrate on packing only, the difficult ones first like disassembling knock-down furniture which takes time. Fill the packing cartons, particularly with small items. The bigger ones can be handled more swiftly by the moving crew, though if you have time you can pack them also. Just pack, don’t move them just yet. To learn how to pack correctly, watch our video series ‘Pack Like a Pro’.
Q
What if I haven't finished packing by my scheduled moving day?
 
What if my goods are not completely packed on moving date?
A
If your moving day is rapidly approaching and it becomes clear that you will not be fully packed, it is critical that you inform your move coordinator as soon as possible. He/she can work with you to make the best possible "plan b" for packing. This may mean having the movers finish your packing or, if you have the flexibility and we have the availability, pushing back your moving day in order to allow more time to pack. If you have a only a small quantity of items left to pack, your movers can often complete this on moving day; however, it is important to understand that this will add time to the job and, therefore, add to the total cost of the move. ---- If you think you cannot finish packing by moving date, inform your coordinator right away so he/she can work out an alternative schedule if possible. You can let the movers finish the packing ahead or on the day depending on the amount of articles left to pack, or postpone the move to a later date. But remember that if the crew does the packing it is added service and added cost.
Q
Can I ride in the cab of the moving truck with the movers?
 
Is it okay for me to go with the moving crew in the truck?
A
Unfortunately, professional moving companies cannot transport customers in the moving truck for liability reasons. You may wish to arrange a ride with a friend or a cab service on move day. ---- Moving companies are not allowed to let customers go with the truck due for liability considerations. You may follow the truck, however, in another vehicle.
Q
Can the movers dispose of trash on moving day?
 
Will the moving crew dispose of the trash on moving day?
A
No. We are not equipped to dispose of trash. However, if you wish to have something transported to a waste disposal location, we are able to transport it at the hourly rate plus any fee imposed by the disposal facility. If possible, talk to your move coordinator prior to moving day to make these arrangements. ---- Disposal of trash is not included in the moving day service list, except for a small quantity that may be thrown in the dumpster bin. If you want trash disposed of, we can do that for a few plus disposal facility fees. Discuss this with your coordinator prior to moving day to be clear about it.
Q
Can my movers clean my home on moving day?
 
Will the movers also clean the house before moving out?
A
While professional moving companies may vary, at Gentle Giant we clean up any clutter we make during the moving process, but we do not do general house cleaning. We recommend asking your friends, family, and neighbors for a referral for this type of service. ---- At Gentle Giant, we clean up our clutter we made during moving, but we do not do house cleaning. We advise engaging another service for it.
Q
Is it possible to move during inclement weather?
 
Can you do the move even during bad weather?
A
Yes. Our professional movers and moving trucks are prepared to move during rain, sleet, or snow. They come equipped with supplies to keep your belongings safe from the elements. However, in order to keep costs down, we recommend that you shovel, rake, or otherwise clear the access ways in preparation for their arrival. ---- Absolutely. Our crews and trucks are prepared for almost all types of weather disturbance: rain, wind, sleet, fog, and snow. We have supplies to protect your articles from the elements. However, we wish you’d clean up ---shovel or rake away snow and such--- the access or driveway for our truck on the day so as not to delay loading.
Q
How can I pay for my move?
 
How do I pay you?
A
Payments of move deposits can be made by cash, cheque, bank draft, money order or authorized credit card. Moving companies will not unload at your destination until the balance of your bill has been paid in full. Final payment can be paid directly to the driver upon delivery by cash, bank draft or money order. Arrangements can be made for Visa or MasterCard as well. Ask your estimator for more details. ---- Payments for moving are usually in cash, certified cheques, bank drafts or money order. Major credit/debit card payments may also be arranged. The final payment is usually done at destination, prior to unloading. as your coordinator or agent for more information or arrangements.
Q
What am I responsible for moving?
 
What items do I transport myself?
A
You are responsible for transporting items such as jewellery and important documents. Liability with respect to items such as photographs and similar objects is limited to the value of the film, CD’s, etc. No allowance will be made for items of sentimental value, as they do not have a cash equivalent amount. You are strongly urged, for your own protection to take these items with you. Professional packing services can be a smart decision. Pictures, lamps, mirrors, china, crystal and other types of breakables are shipped at owner’s risk unless properly packed by your mover, AND unpacked. Damage to a customer packed carton during transit may allow a claim under certain conditions (see your estimator). The customer is basically responsible for any items that are self-packed. ---- You should take with you money, jewelry, films, CDs, small electronic gadgets, and those with sentimental or antique value. Breakable or fragile items such as mirrors, lamps, pictures and crystal ware are transported at owner’s risk if packed by owner (PBO). Claims on damage to PBO boxes may be made only under certain conditions. Check this out with your agent or coordinator.
Q
What experience do you have in the Moving Field?
 
How experienced are you?
A
At BASIC MOVING our strength lies in our people. Our heritage of employee growth has continually helped us attract the best and brightest people in the field. Guided by the company's mission and values, our people break new ground to find the most professional, accurate and affordable moving solutions. Our goal is to be the very best at what we do, combining commitment and service guarantee. This unique approach has allowed us to maintain a leading role in the moving market. ---- Basic Moving has the right people with enough experience and resourcefulness to deliver professional service every time. The company’s mission and vision is to make us the best in the field and we are constantly seeking innovative measures to maintain our leading position.
Q
How will the cost of my move be calculated?
 
How do you estimate the cost of moving?
A
An estimate of cost begins with the type of move you are performing: local, intrastate, or interstate. If the move is local, the estimator performs a walkthrough of your home, business, or other location and determines the size of your move, the number of movers needed, and the number of hours required to perform the service and any additional services requested. The estimator then provides you with an estimate. If the move is intrastate or interstate, the estimator performs a walkthrough of your home, business, or other location and arrives at an estimated weight and additional services needed, and from that an estimate is provided. Additional services would be packing, crating, cargo insurance, or any other additional services such as these that you may require. ---- Estimating starts with the kind of move: local, intra-state, inter-state, international. Then the estimator personally inspects the house, noting the volume of goods to transport and how long it will take, how many people are needed to do the move, and asks if other services are requested like packing, crating, storage, additional insurance, and such. The destination address is likewise asked for, and perhaps the itemized list of articles. From these the estimate is made.
Q
Why do I need so many guys on my move?
 
Are that many people in the moving crew really necessary?
A
Some moving companies assign less men than are optimal on a move. They do this because it is easier to sell less movers due to the lower hourly charge. We recommend adding one or two men on the crew resulting in a discount on the hourly rate of each mover. Also, the move goes along more quickly and more efficiently since the movers do not tire as quickly. ---- More people shorten the work time; less people lengthen it. Adding one or two men in the crew enable them to finish the loading or packing job more quickly, and they get less tired and thus do not slow down the pace of work.
Q
Does Mark the Mover do interstate/long distance moves?
 
Is Mark the Mover capable of making interstate or long distance moving?
A
Yes, Mark the Mover is certified for long-distance moving. We are not a van-line and are able to give a higher level of service on interstate and long distance moves because the truck and crew are exclusively moving your goods. Larger companies are only able to give 5 to 7 day delivery windows and will often sub-contract moves out to parties that are not under their direct control. Often, your move will be one of many that the crew has to deliver. If there are complications on any of the moves prior to yours, there may be a long postponement of your delivery resulting in a major inconvenience. We are able to give our customers a guaranteed 24 hour delivery window. ---- Yes. Mark the Mover can and does long-distance moves. Since we are not a van line, we make single-account moves and can guarantee a 24-hour delivery timeframe. Van lines carry more than one shipment, and so needs often a one-week delivery window. If they meet problems in a delivery before yours, delivery to you may be postponed or delayed, causing anxiety and schedule mix-ups on your part.
Q
Mark the Mover requires a deposit. Why is that?
 
Why do you require an advance or deposit payment?
A
When Mark the Mover makes a reservation for a move, we will be there. Some companies will overbook peak days and then show up for only the "best" jobs. At Mark the Mover, we treat our smaller moves with as much importance as our large ones. When we schedule a move with a customer, we stand behind our agreement. Likewise, we take a non-refundable deposit to protect ourselves against customers who schedule more than one mover and then use whichever company shows up first. Believe it or not, that does happen. ---- There are customers who accept more than one mover, then go with the first to arrive, leaving the others frustrated and angry. With a non-refundable deposit, the customer thinks twice of not using us since he has invested in us, so it is for our protection. At the same time, it is the customer’s protection, too, since we accepted a contract with him with the deposit. If we do not show up, he can sue us so we stand behind our commitments. Many companies accept too many moves, then only show up for those who have the biggest shipments. Mark the Mover considers every client as important as the others, regardless of the size of his move. He may have bigger ones later, and if he chooses us, it is to our benefit.
Q
Does your moving company transport plants?
 
Would you relocate plants as well?
A
It is forbidden by law for moving companies to transport plants across state lines. On local moves Federal Regulations will allow a mover to transport plants if the trip is fewer than 15 miles. However, we cannot guarantee their safety. In general, we recommend that you make arrangements to transport your plants. ---- Federal laws forbid moving companies to transport plants for long-distance moves. Plants may be transported in local moved not exceeding 15 miles radius, but we cannot guarantee safety, so we rather you arrange for a separate transport for your plants.
Q
How early should I contact the moving company?
 
How soon should I call a moving company?
A
The earlier you call us about your pending move, the more time we'll have to plan and the more likely we'll be able to accommodate your delivery schedule. ---- The sooner you call us, the more time we have to arrange things so we can accommodate your move on the dates you desire.
Q
What information do I need to provide to schedule my move?
 
What do I tell the company so they can schedule my move?
A
Typically, moving companies will ask you for the following: address (including zip/postal code), phone number, destination city and state/province. Other information, such as additional stops, unusual items to be shipped (cars, boats, tractors, etc.) also need to be identified at this time. ---- Usually, moving companies will ask about your original and destination addresses including postal/zip codes, your phone numbers, special items for shipping (boats, cars and machines), and any necessary stops along the way.
Q
What if I don't know how many boxes I'll need moved?
 
What if I cannot calculate the number of boxes I need for the move?
A
Often at the quote stage it's impossible to know exactly how many furniture removal cartons you'll need moved as you probably haven't finished packing. You might now know exactly what furniture you're moving until very close to your scheduled move. It's important to understand that making a booking doesn't mean that your booking cannot be altered. ---- It is very rare for owners to know how many cartons or boxes he needs for his goods. The company coordinator can estimate this, after his once-over of the house’s contents, but the final figure is known only after packing is finished.
Q
Do I need Transit Protection?
 
Is transit protection really needed?
A
Most people will insure their goods whilst in the relative safety of your house or home. Naturally, furniture is at an increases level of risk of loss or damage in transit. For this reason we highly recommend that you consider a Transit Protection option. ---- If many people are willing to insure their furniture while in the relative safety of the home, insurance becomes doubly important when the furniture is in transit when loss or damage is more likely to occur. We advise for transit protection for your furniture for your peace of mind.
Q
Why should I book my furniture removal on-line?
 
Why is online furniture removal advisable?
A
Getting quotes and bookings for your furniture removal on-line helps us to keep our costs down - savings that we happily pass on to you. By booking your furniture removalists on-line you've got more control. You can see what information we need and can enter it correctly yourself. The more information we have the more accurate we can quote and the smoother your furniture removal will run. ---- It keeps the costs down and we get better information from you. By inputting the information we need via the online questions, we can be more accurate in developing the moving procedure, so furniture removal goes smoother.
Q
As a shipper, what am I responsible for during the moving process?
 
What is my part as a shipper in the moving procedures?
A
Triple Crown Maffucci Bekins can provide you with the general guidelines regarding destination entry requirements and will be able to answer any questions you may have. However, you should contact your local consulate or the embassy in Washington D.C. to verify all of the requirements. Additionally, you should read the inventory form carefully, and ask your coordinator to explain anything you don't understand. Please ensure that you do not pack any prohibited items. ---- While Triple Crown Maffucci Bekins can answer any general or standard query you might have about your international move, it is up to you to contact your consulate or embassy to confirm the requirements, which might change every now and then. You should understand every part of the inventory form requirements so ask your coordinator about things not clear to you. Ask your coordinator and don’t bring any prohibited articles.
Q
Is Tipping Customary and Appreciated By the Movers?
 
Are tips usual and expected by the moving crew?
A
Yes. Tipping is most certainly appreciated by our associates and we believe all service people who make house calls deserve a tip for a job well done. ---- A tip is a gratuity for a job well done. If you believe the crew did excellently, they will welcome tips, not only for the money itself but for the appreciation you gave them.
Q
How should office equipment be moved?
 
Are office equipment moved differently from household goods?
A
Office equipment should be moved separately from the household items and personal effects. The moving invoice for office equipment should be direct-billed. ---- Office equipments are usually moved separately from household articles and personal properties. Billing is direct.
Q
How should I pack my waterbed?
 
How are waterbeds packed?
A
Waterbeds need to be drained completely. Fiber-filled waterbeds need to be professionally vacuum-drained in advance of your move date. ---- Water must be drained off the beds. Fiber-filled versions should be vacuumed professionally prior to moving date.
Q
Are movers obligated to move my goods for the estimate they quote?
 
Must movers move my goods per the estimate?
A
It depends on whether the estimate provided is a non-binding or a binding estimate. A mover is not required to provide an estimate to a shipper. However, if a mover requests an estimate over the telephone or Internet, and the moving company calls it an "estimate", it must be in writing. The mover may provide a non-binding or binding estimate and the estimate itself must clearly state whether it is non-binding or binding. ---- Yes if it is a binding estimate, which stipulates the mover must move the specified volume of goods at the costs quoted. Otherwise, costs may be amended at destination.
Q
What do the following estimate terms mean: non-binding estimate, 110% provision/rule, binding estimate?
 
What do 110% provision/rule on non-binding estimate, and binding estimate mean?
A
Non-binding Moving Estimate: A non-binding estimate is only an approximate cost, it is NOT binding. It is based on the weight of the goods to be transported and the distance they will be moved. Since a non-binding estimate should be reasonably accurate and provide the shipper with a general idea of the cost of packing and moving the goods, a mover should physically review the household goods (by scheduling an onsite estimate) to be transported. Non-binding estimates should cover the goods and services listed on the estimate. If you add items or request additional services, the mover may void the estimate or revise it. The non-binding estimate must be in writing and state that it is non-binding.110% Provision/Rule: If the final charges exceed the non-binding estimated amount, the mover must deliver the household goods upon payment of the estimated amount plus 10% of that amount. The mover must then defer the balance due on the charges for 30 days. However, the mover may collect payment for unexpected charges or services upon delivery. Binding Estimate: Binding estimates must be in writing and are usually based on constructive weight. Movers may use other terms to designate a binding estimate or set price, but all such estimates shall have clearly indicated on their faces that the estimate is binding on the mover. ---- A non-binding estimate is simply an approximate cost or computation which the company admits may not reflect the total costs accurately even if based on the weight of goods, packing expenses and the distance for transport. It can be voided or amended if you add or deduct items from the original estimation, but everything must be in writing. The 1105 rule says that if at destination the actual total costs exceed the non-binding estimate, you are obliged to pay only 110% of the original estimate, the balance being payable within 30 days, though the mover must collect at destination payment of unexpected expenses. A binding estimate is a written guarantee of what you must pay at destination, although movers may name it in other ways.
Q
If I do my own packing, is the mover still responsible if something is lost or broken?
 
Is it within the mover’s responsibility if damage or loss occurs in PBO boxes?
A
Yes. The mover usually has a tariff provision that allows it to repack carton(s) if they feel they have been improperly packed, or if the carton(s) will cause harm to the rest of the shipment(s). The mover is also liable for any loss or damage caused during transit unless the sole cause for the loss or damage was due to any of these common law defenses: An act of God. An act or omission of the shipper An act of the public enemy An act of the public authority Inherent vice Improper packing falls under "an act or omission of the shipper". Since the sole cause for the damage must be the act of the shipper, any contributory damage by the mover would void the common law defense, and the mover would be responsible. ---- Yes, if the mover accepts the PBO box. But, the mover has the right to repack cartons or boxes it feel were improperly packed or may harm the shipment, and charge you for the repacking. If the box or carton is accepted for shipment, the mover will be liable for it unless it is damaged or lost due to:  An act of God or force majeure  Omission, neglect or act of the owner/shipper, including improper packing  Act of public enemy (criminal act?)  Act by a government authority  Inherent vice If the contents of a PBO box or carton is damaged and there is visible external damage to the carton, the moving company will be responsible for the damage of the contents.
Q
If I've hired the "professionals," is there any point in purchasing moving insurance?
 
Will buying additional moving insurance superfluous if I hired professional movers?
A
Your belongings should be insured during the move against any unforeseen circumstances. Check with your homeowner's policy. If your insurance provider does not cover items while in transit or in someone else's vehicle, or if they only cover against major disasters versus minor damage to individual items, you should definitely purchase moving insurance from your moving company. Without insurance, moving companies are only liable to cover your goods for 60 cents per pound. As for the amount of coverage you should purchase, most moving companies insure the goods as a whole, and don't insure individual items. Therefore, you should consider the total value of your goods and purchase enough insurance to cover all of the contents of your home. ---- While reputable moving companies seek to minimize damage to or loss of shipper’s goods, accidents happen. So if your homeowner’s policy does not cover goods in transit to a new residence, o don’t cover damages to single items, and you are dissatisfied with the valuation rate of $0.60/pound/item, you should consider buying additional insurance. Most moving companies only insure the whole shipment and not individual items, so it is best to purchase insurance to cover every single item in your shipment.
Q
What is Valuation?
 
What does ‘valuation’ mean?
A
People often confuse the term "valuation" with "insurance." Moving companies do not sell insurance. There are common laws of bailment which apply to the transportation of freight, including household goods. Basically stated, a motor carrier or van line is liable for the loss or damage of the goods they transport. Consequently, freight charges are based on the value of the property being transported. The higher the value of the cargo, the more the carrier charges to transport. Most commodities can easily be valued, such as a truckload of new washing machines, or a truckload of dirt. Household goods, on the other hand, consist of various items of different values, which differs from one customer to customer. Because of this, each customer must declare a valuation of their property prior to the shipment of the goods. An additional charge, called the valuation charge, is then added to the base transportation cost of the shipment. ---- ‘Valuation’ is not ‘insurance’. When goods are transported, the carrier is liable for the goods it transports. Thus, liability depends on the value of the goods transported so the cost of transport in part is based on the value of the goods. If the cargo is homogenous, the total value is easily computed. But the value of household goods varies so the customer declares the total value of his goods. Hence, the mover’s liability is based on the declared value of the goods, which is added to the basic transportation charges.
Q
Should I defrost the freezer before the moving date or wait till the movers arrive?
 
When should I defrost the freezer?
A
It is always a good idea to defrost the freezer 24 hours before the move just make sure the freezer has a defrost pan under it or placed outside to defrost. ---- Defrost the freezer at least 24 hours or the day prior to moving time. Be sure it has a defrosting pan underneath.
Q
What is a crate?
 
Why is a crate necessary sometimes?
A
It is a large box that is usually made of wood. A crate is used to protect large fragile goods for shipping. ---- A crate is a wooden box. Because it is more rigid and sturdy, it is used to protect breakables and fragile items from damage while in transit or being handled.
Q
Can I be reimbursed for moving myself in a rental truck?
 
If I myself do the move in a rented truck, can I be reimbursed for my expenses?
A
Yes. Be sure to save all of your receipts for the truck, fuel, and packing materials including blankets, boxes, tape, etc. ---- Yes if you present the receipts for fuel, truck rent, and the packing materials used for the move.
Q
Will the moving company visit my house or apartment first before packing, or do they just come and figure it out when they arrive?
 
Will the moving crew pre-inspect my goods prior to moving day or just pack them just before loading?
A
Typically a moving company representative will conduct an on-site visit to determine the estimated weight and cube of your household goods. In cases where the household goods shipment is relatively small, a phone interview may be conducted in lieu of an onsite visit. ---- Usually a company coordinator will go to your house to estimate the size of the shipment including the need for packing. If the shipment is small, they can pack right before loading.
Q
What if I think my claim is not being handled properly by the moving company?
 
What do I do if I think the company is not seriously handling my claim?
A
Call or email the relocation coordinator with the specifics of your concern. He or she will work with the moving company to resolve your claim. ---- Contact the coordinator so he can work out the claim’s resolution with the company.
Q
What is the preferred method for paying a moving company?
 
How should the moving company get paid?
A
The preferred method for paying moving companies is by having the moving company directly bill the university rather than having the employee pay the moving company and then reimbursing the employee. This is preferred because it prevents the employee from being subject to the 12,000 pound limit for household items and personal effects in addition to not being subject to the automobile moving restrictions. If the university is direct billed, the payment is made by KU Endowment Association. Requests for direct commercial carrier payments should be made to KU Endowment Association. ---- It is better for the moving company to directly bill the University than the employee paying first and requesting reimbursement. In the former method, the employee will avoid being subject to the 12,000 pound shipping limit for household and personal goods, and restrictions in moving automobiles. Payment will be made by KU Endowment Association so carrier direct bill requests for payment must be addressed to the Association.
Q
Are bids from moving companies really necessary?
 
Is bidding a procedural need for moving?
A
Unless the University is direct-billed, three firm-rate bids are required. The bid needs to include the cost of transportation, material and labor for packing and unpacking containers, appliance service, piano pick-up/delivery, and transit insurance. ---- Yes, except when directly billing the University. Three bids are needed, ach with the information on transport costs, cost of labor and supplies for packing/unpacking, loading/ unloading, appliance servicing, piano moving and insurance
Q
When should I call a moving company?
 
When do I inform the moving company of my intention to move?
A
The earlier, the better. Although the actual van assignment may not be made until a few days before your move, it's wise to give your moving company from four to six week's notice, if possible. The more lead time you can give, the more likely we will be able to meet your preferred delivery schedule. All moving companies, for their standard type of service, require alternate pickup and delivery dates. We'll do our best, of course, to comply with the dates you prefer or the nearest possible alternatives. You will be notified in advance of the loading date for your goods and of the estimated date of arrival. If your pickup and delivery dates are critical due to such factors as a lease expiration or a real estate closing, you may choose an extra-cost service which will enable us to accommodate a more precise, reasonable schedule. You should discuss your specific pickup and delivery requirements with your Mayflower agent, who can advise you regarding the types and costs of services available. ---- The sooner, the better, but at least four weeks before the desired date, to give enough time for the company to schedule your move. Still, companies will need alternative dates for pickup and delivery, even as they try to adhere closest to the desired dates. If the dates are imperative because of factors like lease expiration, you can select the extra-cost service so we can move on a better schedule. Discuss this with your Mayflower representative to know more about the available services and costs best suited to your needs.
Q
When is the best time to move?
 
What dates are preferred for moving?
A
If there is a choice, most moving companies suggest you select a time other than summer, the end of the month or the end-of-year holidays. The heaviest demands are placed on vans, equipment and personnel during these periods. However, Mayflower believes you should move when it is most convenient for you. Factors involved in the decision may include: whether the move must be made immediately, moving children during the school term, separation of the family while the move is under way, If the move can be scheduled for a time when vans and trained personnel are more readily available, we'll be better able to meet your preferred delivery schedule. ---- Moving companies advise against late spring and summer, end days of the month, and around holidays, the busiest times to move. Mayflower, however, thinks that you should move at your convenience, which be due to exigency, end of school term, avoiding family separation during the move and others. If postponement or rescheduling of the move is possible, it is best to shift to the time when trucks or vans and crews are not so busy.
Q
Is a moving company "licensed?"
 
Must moving companies be licensed to operate legally?
A
It would be more accurate to say that a moving company is "registered." For example, Mayflower has been issued a certificate of authority by the federal government to move household goods among any of the 50 states. As a motor carrier, Mayflower has maintained a certificate of authority with the US Department of Transportation (DOT) since September 27, 1988. A local moving company ("agency") affiliated with a national van line such as Mayflower may also be registered with the DOT to move interstate shipments within certain geographical areas. ---- ‘Registered’ will be the better term. Mayflower has been registered with the US Department of Transportation (DOT) since September 27, 1988 with a Certificate of Authority as motor carrier to move items within the 50 states. Local moving companies or affiliates may likewise have DOT registration to move items within specified interstate areas.
Q
What does your moving company different from others?
 
How is your company different from others?
A
This is an important question. Each moving company must have two or three strong selling points. If the engine does not dare to give the correct answer to this question you should avoid. ---- We strive for professional and quality service, always trying to find innovative ways to deliver such service.
Q
When should I call a moving company?
 
How soon must I inform a moving company of my intended move?
A
The earlier, the better. Although short notice moves can usually by managed, it’s wise to give your moving company from four to six week’s notice, if possible. The more lead time you can give, the more likely we will be able to meet your preferred delivery schedule. You should discuss your specific pickup and delivery requirements with your sales associate. ---- The sooner the better to give enough time for the company to schedule your move. Four weeks may be enough, but six weeks or so before the desired date is preferred. You could discuss this matter with your coordinator or sales agent.
Q
What can I do to keep costs down during my move?
 
In what ways can I save on my move?
A
If you're engaging professional movers, you should mention your cost concerns during your initial call with a sales person. Similar to airlines or hotels, most moving companies have a sliding scale of prices that reflect supply and demand on a particular day. Generally, the summer months are the busiest. Saturdays and the beginning and end of each month are busy year-round. The less busy times tend to be Monday through Thursday in the middle weeks of the month. If you are flexible with your move date-an overlap between when you need to be out of your old home and are able to get into your new home helps- you're certain to get the best value. Additionally, your sales person can provide advice on other cost-saving measures, including efficient preparation in advance of moving day. ---- Mention your desire to save with your sales agent and he might suggest ways you can do so. Most moving companies have cost options based on supply and demand of their services. For instance, it would be cheaper to move Monday to Thursday, the middle weeks of any month, or September to April, the moving ‘off’ season and times. Your sales agent can advise of additional measures such as packing and other preparatory activities before moving date.
Q
How is the cost estimate determined on a local move?
 
How do you estimate the cost of a local move?
A
To determine the approximate cost of your move, as well as the space needed on the van for your household goods, an agency sales representative will conduct a household goods survey in your home. Tour your house before the agent arrives. Check from attic to basement and determine what will be moved and what will be discarded. Show the representative EVERYTHING you will be moving, specifying any items off-premises or other items to be added later. The representative then will compute the approximate cost of your move and give you a written "estimated cost of service". Click Here to fill out our easy online estimate form or call us today at 1-800-737-9912. Most moving companies base their estimates for local moves on an hourly rate, which includes drive time from the moving company to your original home to your destination and back again to the moving company's home base. Some customers are surprised by the extent of the drive time costs, which result from the fact that moving trucks cannot travel as fast as passenger cars on the highway, and are often excluded from non-truck routes, resulting in longer trip mileage and travel time. ---- Local moves are measured on per-hour bases, from the time the truck leaves the company premises to its return. Remember, however, that a moving company truck often travels slower than other delivery trucks to lessen chances of damaging the shipment, as well as follow only truck routes unlike cars. Hence, the delivery time takes longer than ordinary. You can call us at 1-800-737-9912 to fill out our online quote form if you wish an approximate cost for your move. To have a firm estimate, our representative will call on your house to assess the volume of goods to ship.
Q
How accurate will the cost estimate for my move be?
 
Are cost estimates accurate?
A
Most moving companies' estimates are non-binding. This means the actual cost may vary a little or a lot from the original estimate. The best way to ensure that your move comes in on-target with your estimate is to offer as much information as possible at the time of the estimate. Since costs are projected based on an hourly rate, neglecting to mention an ancillary piece of the move at the time of the estimate does not mean that your move will cost less, but rather that your moving crew will be less prepared to do it. They may show up with fewer movers or trucks or equipment than they would have brought had they known up front what the situation would require, which may in the end escalate costs. Because you're paying by the hour, if the move takes less time than was estimated, your actual bill will be reduced accordingly. ---- Most companies give out non-binding estimates, which says the total payable listed may not be the actual at delivery. To have an accurate estimate, you should list and point out all the goods for shipment to the company agent. Omitting a thing or two will slow down the move and raise the cost since local moves are paid by the hour and distance to travel. Moves done faster than per estimate also lowers the total cost in the end.
Q
If I've hired the "professionals," is there any point in purchasing moving insurance?
 
Do I need additional insurance if I availed of ‘professional’ movers?
A
Your belongings should be insured during the move against any unforeseen circumstances. Check with your homeowner's policy. If your insurance provider does not cover items while in transit or in someone else's vehicle, or if they only cover against major disasters versus minor damage to individual items, you should definitely purchase moving insurance from your moving company. Without insurance, moving companies are only liable to cover your goods for 60 cents per pound. As for the amount of coverage you should purchase, most moving companies insure the goods as a whole, and don't insure individual items. Therefore, you should consider the total value of your goods and purchase enough insurance to cover all of the contents of your home. ---- If you believe the standard valuation of $0.60 per pound per item is not enough to cover your items then buy extra insurance against damage or loss. The standard insurance often covers only the whole shipment and not the individual items so buying additional insurance may be prudent. But, see first if your homeowner’s policy has the needed coverage so you don’t have to buy more.
Q
What is Valuation?
 
How is ‘valuation’ defined?
A
People often confuse the term "valuation" with "insurance." Moving companies do not sell insurance. There are common laws of bailment which apply to the transportation of freight, including household goods. Basically stated, a motor carrier or van line is liable for the loss or damage of the goods they transport. Consequently, freight charges are based on the value of the property being transported. The higher the value of the cargo, the more the carrier charges to transport. Most commodities can easily be valued, such as a truckload of new washing machines, or a truckload of dirt. Household goods, on the other hand, consist of various items of different values, which differs from one customer to customer. Because of this, each customer must declare a valuation of their property prior to the shipment of the goods. An additional charge, called the valuation charge, is then added to the base transportation cost of the shipment. ---- ‘Valuation’ is not ‘insurance’, and most moving companies have no insurance to sell. Because the mover’s liability is based on the volume of various household goods, the owner must declare their ‘value’ as a whole. The valuation charge is based on this figure, the amount charged to cover the valuation liability. The usual valuation coverage is $0.60 per item per pound.
Q
How much advance notice do I need to give when I’m planning a move?
 
What is the usual length of time to give an advance notice for moving?
A
Good moving companies book up ahead of time, so you’ll probably be out of luck if you call the day of or the day before you move. It’s best if you can give your moving company time to plan the move, schedule permits if needed, arrange storage or moving materials, and deliver them in a timely fashion. We like to have a 30-day notice, but two or three months is even better. It’s much less hectic for the customers when they have their moving plans settled ahead of time, since many of them feel rushed during the process. Ideally, you should call your moving company as soon as you know you’re going to move and set up a date. ---- Most moving companies will require at least 30 days advance notice to schedule the move properly, but the earlier, the better. Some may prefer two to three months ahead. It is best to call the company as soon as you decide you have to move and when.
Q
Why does your work stand out from others who do what you do?
 
What makes you excel over others in your line of business
A
A. E.S.P Professional Movers Inc. Strives to provide the best possible customer service and our motto is: That we treat your belongings as if they were our own! And every employee from the owner down to the lowest staff member strives to live up to this standard everyday! ---- AESP Professional Movers, Inc. management and employees take seriously the company motto: We treat your belongings as if they are our own. It makes us strive to render the best professional service in the industry.
Q
How much notice do I need to give the Moving Companies?
 
How early must I give notice to companies about my move?
A
Domestic Removalists in Ireland appreciate as much advance notice as possible. The more notice you provide the more likely the company will be able to accommodate you into their schedule. If they are given sufficient planning time they can sometimes include you in a part load heading in the same direction- thus saving you money. Many movers are also specialists in last minute moves but to get the best deals book in advance. ---- Moving companies would like to be informed as early as possible and Domestic Removalists is no exception. We will appreciate early information so we can accommodate you in our schedules more successfully. Sometimes we can take part of your shipment along if there is any chance.
Q
What can I do to keep costs down during my move?
 
How do I save expenses on my move?
A
If you're engaging professional movers, you should mention your cost concerns during your initial call with a sales person. Similar to airlines or hotels, many moving companies have a sliding scale of prices that reflect supply and demand on a particular day. Generally, the summer months are the busiest. Saturdays and the beginning and end of each month are busy year-round. The less busy times tend to be Monday through Thursday in the middle weeks of the month. If you are flexible with your move date - an overlap between when you need to be out of your old home and are able to get into your new home helps- you're certain to get the best value. Additionally, your sales person can provide advice on other cost-saving measures, including efficient preparation in advance of moving day. ---- Mention your desire to save with your sales agent and he might suggest ways you can do so. Most moving companies have cost options based on supply and demand of their services. For instance, it would be cheaper to move Monday to Thursday, the middle weeks of any month, or September to April, the moving ‘off’ season and times. Your sales agent can advise of additional measures such as packing and other preparatory activities before moving date.
Q
Can I keep costs down by having a family member or friend help with the move?
 
Would it help me save money if I have friends or family assist me in my move?
A
Absolutely. Having your friends move you in a rented truck is certainly the lowest-cost option-assuming nothing is broken. If items are damaged, it's generally difficult to get an insurance carrier to replace them. If you choose to hire professional movers, your friends can be most helpful in preparing for the move--packing boxes, shoveling a pathway in the snow between the moving truck and the door, or caring for your pets or children. On moving day, you should let the professionals handle the job entirely - they are trained and therefore best suited to carry the weight and negotiate the difficult access ways. Remember that you're paying your moving crew by the hour, and generally speaking, having non-professionals on the job alongside them only slows things down and costs you more in the long run. Also, most mover's insurance companies will not cover damaged goods if anyone other than the moving company loaded or unloaded them. ---- Of course. Your friend/s can drive your rental truck to your destination, and that will be the biggest saving you can make. If you are hiring professional movers, your friends or family can help by shoveling snow off the driveway, disassembling the furniture, minding the pets or children. But on moving day itself, just allow the professionals to do what they must without interference or ‘help’ from others. People not trained in the work might only hinder and slow down the moving crew. Also, the insurance company would refuse to cover boxes packed other than by professionals.
Q
Do you recommend I do my own packing or have it done by the movers? How do I know what size cartons I will need, and what to pack in them?
 
Would you advise packing my goods myself, or better hire professionals? How do I select the correct boxes to use?
A
If your budget allows for it, the movers can of course pack everything. However, when you are looking to keep costs down, I recommend that you pack the non-fragile items yourself, such as books, pots and pans, linens, etc. and then have the professional packers take care of your fragile items, such as dishes, glassware, china, mirrors and the like. As far as what to pack in which boxes, we provide a list that will help you identify which size cartons you'll likely need for specific household items. ---- It will be better for the professionals to pack everything, but if you want to save, pack the non-fragile articles like books, kitchenware, clothes, and similar ones, have the rest packed by the movers. We can give you a list of what items to pack in which boxes.
Q
Can a masonry structure, including brick, stone and cement block, be moved or raised?
 
Is it possible to move a structure made of bricks, cement and stone?
A
Yes. With over forty years of experience, we are experts in moving or raising masonry structures. We use specialized equipment, including unified hydraulic jacking systems and hydraulic dollies. We have experience working with brick, double brick, stone and solid masonry, which has given us the expert knowledge to get the job done safely and efficiently. ---- Yes. We have been doing for over forty years, using hydraulic jacks, dollies and other special equipment solely designed for such work. We have moved brick, double brick, masonry, and solid stone.
Q
Can porches, additions, decks and attached garages be raised or moved with our home?
 
Are porches, garages, and decks movable with the house itself?
A
Yes. To raise your house for a new foundation, we can lift all of the above with the main house. On a move however, depending on the travel route, it may be necessary to move some of these sections separately. ---- Yes. We can lift them along with the house, but they may need to be moved separately depending on the route.
Q
How far can a building be moved?
 
Is there a maximum distance for moving a structure?
A
As long as there is a good travel route, a building can be moved practically any distance. When moving a building over one-and-a-half stories high, utility wires become a factor. The wires may have to be raised along the travel route, which, depending on the number involved, increases the price of the move. Ranch-style buildings are typically low in height and can be moved in such a way that wires are not a factor. ---- Structure can be moved only as far as good overland travel routes, but practically no limit in distance. In moving higher structures of, say, 1½ storeys, the utility wires along the route need to be raised, slowing travel and increasing the per-hour payment. For structurally lower houses like ranch-style homes, wires are not hindrances to travel.
Q
Are there other moving options when utility wires come into play?
 
Any other way to transport the house in case utility wires hinder travel too much?
A
Yes. A two-story house can be moved by separating the second floor from the first floor. Both sections can be moved at the same time, thus avoiding utility wire costs. The upper level is cut away and removed with a crane and is reattached at the new location. Additional costs include the crane rental, though this can often be more cost-effective than having to work with the utility wires. ---- Yes. A two-storey house may be transported with the first and second floors moved separately to avoid the utility wires. The second floor is cut away, removed using a crane and reattached at destination. This adds crane rental to the total costs, but it might be cheaper than dealing with wires that will delay travel.
Q
How can I be sure sensitive items receive extra care?
 
How sure can I be that fragile items be given due care?
A
Let us know what needs extra care and we’ll deliver every time. As a serious moving service, we take serious care of everything you need moved, but if you have special needs for sensitive items, we can work together to ensure these items are taken care of and specially packed. ---- We seriously care for every moving job and we deliver quality service everytime. If you have items that require extra-special care like fragile and sensitive articles, please inform so we can devise special ways and means to avoid damage.
Q
What are accessorial services and what do they cost?
 
Accessorial services: what are they and their costs?
A
Accessorial services are any services provided to you in addition to the linehaul transportation. Ask your Moving Consultant to fully explain the total range of services available - including: crating, packing, unpacking, appliance services, elevator, stair and long carriers, or shuttle service when access to your residence is limited and a second smaller truck may be necessary. ---- Moving services not only means transporting the shipment, but also accessory services like crating, packing/unpacking, appliance preparation, shuttle service, use of special equipment. Their costs vary with the needs and usage.
Q
If I move my house will it affect the integrity of the structure?
 
Does moving the house affect its integrity?
A
We believe that by choosing the right company for the job this is never a problem. A qualified house and building mover has the experience and the equipment to properly transport your structure without affecting its integrity. ---- A professional mover can transport the house without affecting its over-all integrity. Specialized equipment may be used, however, and that will raise the cost of moving.
Q
Does a building have to be completely vacated before and while being moved?
 
To move a building, must it be emptied of items and people first?
A
All furniture of items which might roll or fall over easily should be laid on the floor or packed away. Any other items can stay intact. The basement and garage should be cleared of all items. If the building is moved in the winter, anti-freeze should be poured in your pipes. In some situations, people can remain in the building without any complications for the full job. ---- Every item that can roll or fall should be placed on the floor or packed; the basement and garage must be emptied of every item; the pipes should be filled with antifreeze if the move is in winter. In certain cases people can stay in the building while it is being moved.
Q
When is it needed to call a moving company?
 
When must I call the moving company?
A
In fact, the sooner you will call the moving company, the better it will be for you. Today all moving companies, for their standard type of moving services, need some alternative pickup and delivery dates. It is considered to be a wise idea to provide your moving company with six week notice. Of course, if it is possible to do. In fact, the more time you will give to your moving company, the more likely they will be able to meet all your preferences in delivery schedule. ---- As soon as you decided to move and chose the date, but not later than four weeks before moving date. The longer advance notice, the better to accommodate the move on the desired dates.
Q
What have you do in the case of contact expiration?
 
What happens when the contract expires?
A
In this case you can get an advice from your moving company agent who could recommend you the types and cost estimates of moving services that are available with them. If your delivery and pickup dates are critical because of such factors as real estate closing or lease expiration, you could choose some additional cost services which will enable your moving company to accommodate more precise and reasonable schedule. ---- You may consult with your moving company representative on the types and cost estimates of services open to you. If the move is not flexible due to certain reasons, you can opt for a more specialized service that can more probably accommodate your schedule.
Q
Do you really need a moving estimate?
 
Are moving estimates really needed?
A
Today moving companies will suggest you a pre-move survey of your household goods to be transported. This survey is aimed to determine an appropriate cost and the needed space for moving your household items. If you are going to move to the other state, you have to pay the charges that are determined by the distance that is needed to be covered, the weight of your goods and the services that you choose to use. ---- Estimates are made to allow you to know the probable cost of the move so you can prepare it. In this way the chances of misunderstanding on the bill is reduced because every move is unique by itself.
Q
How to moving companies charge for shipment delivery?
 
How are the charges for moving computed?
A
As a rule, delivery charges for local relocation are calculated on hourly basis. ---- Local moves are computed on per-hour basis; while longer distance move costs are based on weight of shipment, distance to travel and other services rendered.
Q
What is a tariff in fact?
 
What does ‘tariff’ consist of?
A
The tariffs are published by every household items mover and include its various services. In fact, it is a list of certain regulations, rules, resulting charges and available services that are used by all motor moving companies who provide interstate transportation of household items. As a rule, the tariffs are available for your inspection on request. ---- The tariff is a list of charges for the various items, services and fees including the rules and regulations governing them that are used by moving companies to compute the cost of each relocation procedure.
Q
When is the best time to relocate?
 
When is it advisable to relocate?
A
Today almost all moving companies recommend not to use such time for your relocation as the end of the month, summer or the end of year holidays. At these times the heaviest demands are placed on equipment, vans and personnel. ---- Most moving companies recommend relocating during the ‘off’ season, September to April when movers are not so busy you can get the best service. Avoid also the end weeks and days of the month, and the days near holidays, which are likewise busy days for movers.
Q
What are moving "Brokers" and what do they do?
 
What are ‘brokers’ and what is their function in the industry?
A
Most brokers (especially those that operate on the Internet) do not own trucks or warehouses like traditional movers. Instead, they operate by collecting a deposit or a fee from you and then arranging for your move to be handled by one of their affiliated movers. Depending on the caliber of the broker, some of their affiliated movers may not be licensed. By law, brokers are required to provide their customers with their DOT Permit Number, a copy of the FMCSA’s Your Rights and Responsibilities When You Move brochure, a list of movers that they are affiliated with and a clear statement advising that they are a broker of moving services and not a moving company. Think carefully about doing business with a broker who doesn’t provide this information to you and who doesn’t provide you with the identity of the mover that will be used to move your goods. The deposit or fee that the brokers collects will be based on their guess of how much you are going to move based on a telephone or Internet survey that you provide. (If the mover won’t come to your home to survey your furnishings before preparing your estimate, be prepared for an unpleasant surprise when the final charge turns out to be much higher than the original estimate provided over the phone or the Internet.) Usually you will not have the same consumer protection when you use a broker as with a traditional moving company. And, after the broker collects its deposit or fee, you may find it difficult to get them interested in helping you in the event of a claim or dispute with the mover that they have arranged for you. ---- Moving brokers like brokers in other fields essentially match customers with moving companies, usually their affiliates, a few of which may not be licensed. Brokers are mandated by law to provide potential customers with their DOT Permit Number, a copy of FMCSA’s ‘Your Rights and Responsibilities When You Move’ literature, list of affiliate movers, and a clear statement stating they are brokers of moving services and not moving companies. Beware of brokers who do not provide this information and refuse to name their movers. Brokers earn from customers’ deposits based on the brokers’ estimation of the shipment size, obtained through online surveys or phone interviews. If the broker did not come to your home to assess the shipment size, be prepared for nasty surprises on payment time. You usually do not get as much protection from brokers as you will from moving companies, and brokers may not attend to your needs as they should after the deposit has been made.
Q
What is the difference between interstate and intrastate and how is the moving industry regulated?
 
How does ‘intrastate’ differ from ‘interstate’ and what regulates the moving industry?
A
The professional moving industry is organized differently for different types of moves and it will help you to have a better move if you understand the differences. First, there are important differences between local moves (called "intrastate" moves because your shipment does not cross state lines or enter into interstate commerce), long-distance moves (called "interstate" moves because your shipment crosses at least one state line and enters into interstate commerce that is regulated by agencies within the US Department of Transportation) and international moves (between the US and another country in foreign commerce regulated by the Federal Maritime Commission). Local or intrastate moves are regulated (or not) by the state in which the move occurs. About thirty states have various degrees of regulation (some more than others) and the rest are unregulated. Check with your state Attorney General’s office to see if you live in a regulated state and which office in your state oversees movers. You can also find a list of state moving associations and state regulatory agencies on the www.protectyourmove.gov website that is maintained by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration. ---- A ‘local’ move is relocation within the same community or limited area. An ‘intrastate’ move is one that is made within the same state and does not cross over into another state’s lines. The ‘interstate’ move crosses state lines, whether or not the travel ends in the same state of origin, as long as one or several states’ lines have been traversed. In doing so, it comes under interstate commerce and regulation by the US Department of Transportation. Local moves are governed by local laws, intrastate moves by the state’s laws, though some states do not regulate moves. International moves ---from the US to another country--- are regulated by the Federal Maritime Commission.
Q
Doesn’t it cost more to use a full-service mover?
 
A full-service move costs more, right?
A
When making the important decision of moving, it may seem as though doing it yourself is the most budget friendly option. However, after all factors are considered, hiring professional movers may be the more cost-effective solution. During a self-move, you are responsible for not only the cost of the rental moving truck, but for gas, tolls, lodging, food and other expenses. If it works out that the two moving options are comparably priced, or if professional movers are more expensive, consider what is gained by hiring a moving company. Hiring professional movers saves you time, stress and effort. Also, the moving services are entrusted to highly trained professionals who can efficiently pack, load, unload and unpack your things. Heavy appliances, large furniture and fragile items are difficult to load securely and unload without incurring damage. Skilled professional movers have the expertise to handle these more difficult belongings. Also, if any damage is incurred during moving, or if the items are lost in transit, the moving company bears the responsibility. If you self-move, any repairs or replacements are borne by you. ---- Yes, but it may be the most cost-effective option. Hiring a professional full-service moving saves you stress, effort, and time, all of which you can channel to your family or other pursuits. Correct packing can save your articles from damage or loss, and servicing appliances can assure you they will work normally after relocation. Heavy furniture and fragile items will be protected and secured. Any loss or damage is the liability of the company not yours. If you do self-moving, everything that happens and costs incurred during packing, loading, transport, and unloading at destination will be your problems.
Q
What are the other advantages offered by a full-service professional mover?
 
What other benefits can be derived from using a full-service mover?
A
Other moving services are also made available by a moving company such as valuation protection and disassembly/assembly. With options ranging from self-service to white glove moving services, professional movers are the smartest option. The stress, planning and physical exertion involved with moving is taxing on the mind and body. By delegating your move to professional movers, you can have more time and energy to put into acclimating yourself and your family to your new environment. ---- Aside from freeing you from stresses, both mental and physical, and potential problems from loss and damage, professional movers are more efficient and quick in loading and unloading, more technical in servicing appliances for shipment, and can arrange for you other means of moving other articles such as pets, firearms and equipment.
Q
Are my belongings insured while they are being moved?
 
Will my goods be covered by insurance while on the move?
A
Most homeowner’s and renter’s insurance policies do not cover your belongings while they are in transit. Your Lile representative can help you with Free Basic Liability Protection and Maximum Value Protection (programs that provide protection for your goods during a move) – yet another reason to make Lile your moving company of choice. ---- The goods will only be under standard valuation protection of $0.60 per pound per item. Because most movers do not carry additional insurance, and homeowners’ or renters’ insurance policies do not cover goods in transit, the advice is for you to purchase additional coverage only for the move. Lile offers Free Basic Liability Protection and Maximum Value Protection for your peace of mind.
Q
How far in advance should I contact a moving company to schedule an employee relocation?
 
How early should I contact a moving company for employee relocation?
A
As far in advance as possible, especially during the busy moving season from May 15 – Sept. 15. Six weeks from the move date is not too early. Try to provide a five-day window. ---- As early as possible, but not later than four weeks from moving date particularly during the busy season of mid-May to mid-September. We’d prefer a six-week or more advance notice and a five-day window each for pickup and delivery.
Q
When should I call a moving company?
 
When must I contact a moving company for my move?
A
The earlier, the better. Although the actual van assignment may not be made until a few days before your move, it's wise to give your moving company from four to six week's notice, if possible. The more lead time you can give, the more likely we will be able to meet your preferred delivery schedule. All moving companies, for their standard type of service, require alternate pickup and delivery dates. We'll do our best, of course, to comply with the dates you prefer or the nearest possible alternatives. You will be notified in advance of the loading date for your goods and of the estimated date of arrival. If your pickup and delivery dates are critical due to such factors as a lease expiration or a real estate closing, you may choose an extra-cost service which will enable us to accommodate a more precise, reasonable schedule. You should discuss your specific pickup and delivery requirements with your United agent, who can advise you regarding the types and costs of services available. ---- As soon as you decided to move and when, but not less than four weeks prior to the desired date. Six weeks would even be better. The longer time available for scheduling the better the chances the move will be done during the date wanted. We will inform you ahead of time of the pickup date and the approximate date of arrival at destination. If the dates are crucial, you can opt for a more specialized service. Your United agent can explain these in detail.
Q
When is the best time to move?
 
What is your advice as to the best time for relocating?
A
If there is a choice, most moving companies suggest you select a time other than summer, the end of the month or the end-of-year holidays. The heaviest demands are placed on vans, equipment and personnel during these periods. However, United Van Lines believes you should move when it is most convenient for you. Factors involved in the decision may include: whether the move must be made immediately moving children during the school term separation of the family while the move is under way. If the move can be scheduled for a time when vans and trained personnel are more readily available, we'll be better able to meet your preferred delivery schedule. ---- Most moving companies will advise against late spring and through summer, around holidays, the ending and beginning days of all months, all of which are busy months for moving companies. But United Van Lines says you should move at your convenience, and even during the busy moving season and days. If you schedule your move long before the date, the chances are great it could be done on your desired dates.
Q
Is a moving company "licensed?"
 
Do moving companies need to be ‘licensed’ to operate legally?
A
It would be more accurate to say that a moving company is "registered." For example, United Van Lines has been issued a certificate of authority by the federal government to move household goods among any of the 50 states. As a motor carrier, United has maintained a certificate of authority with the US Department of Transportation (DOT) since September 27, 1988. A local moving company ("agency") affiliated with a national van line such as United may also be registered with the DOT to move interstate shipments within certain geographical areas. ---- ‘Registered’ may be the more appropriate term. United Van Lines has been registered with the US Department of Transportation (DOT) since September 27, 1988 with a certificate of authority to move articles within the United States. Local companies may also register with DOT to perform interstate moving within specified areas if they are affiliates of larger van lines.
Q
What are the other advantages offered by a full-service professional mover?
 
What other benefits are derivable from using the full-service moving option?
A
Other moving services are also made available by a moving company such as valuation protection and disassembly/assembly. With options ranging from self-service to white glove moving services, professional movers are the smartest option. The stress, planning and physical exertion involved with moving is taxing on the mind and body. By delegating your move to professional movers, you can have more time and energy to put into acclimating yourself and your family to your new environment. ---- Aside from freeing you from stresses, both mental and physical, and potential problems from loss and damage, professional movers are more efficient and quick in loading and unloading, more technical in servicing appliances for shipment, and can arrange for you other means of moving other articles such as pets, firearms and equipment.
Q
How far in advance should I contact a moving company to schedule an employee relocation?
 
How early must I call a moving company for an employee relocation job?
A
As far in advance as possible, especially during the busy moving season from May 15 – Sept. 15. Six weeks from the move date is not too early. Try to provide a five-day window. ---- As early as possible, but not later than four weeks from moving date particularly during the busy season of mid-May to mid-September. We’d prefer a six-week or more advance notice and a five-day window each for pickup and delivery.
Q
When Should I Call A Moving Company?
 
When must I contact a moving company for my move?
A
The earlier, the better. Although the actual van assignments may not be made until a few days before your move, it's wise to give your moving company from 4 to 6 weeks notice, if possible. The more lead time you can give, the more likely we will be able to meet your delivery schedule. All moving companies usually require alternate pickup and delivery dates. We'll do our best, of course, to comply with the dates you prefer or the nearest possible alternative. You will be notified in advance of the loading date of your goods and of the estimated date of arrival. If your pickup and delivery dates are critical due to such factors as lease expiration or a real estate closing, you may choose a preferred service which will enable us to accommodate a reasonable schedule based on your specific needs. You should discuss your specific pickup and delivery requirements with your relocation counselor, who can advise you of the types and costs of services available. ---- As soon as you decided to move and when, but not less than four weeks prior to the desired date. Six weeks would even be better. The longer time available for scheduling the better the chances the move will be done during the date wanted. We will inform you ahead of time of the pickup date and the approximate date of arrival at destination. If the dates are crucial, you can opt for a more specialized service. Your relocation coordinator can explain these in greater detail, including costs and specific services.
Q
Did a moving company provide assistance to timely movement?
 
Do moving companies assist in making timey relocation?
A
Yes, A moving company provides assistance in a way that satisfies the customer needs. The mover will discuss the timely move with the concerned person. ---- Yes and by all means, to satisfy the client’s requirements. The customer should discuss this with the representative.
Q
How to select a moving company?
 
How do I select the right moving company?
A
First, ask people around you for recommendations. You can look up information and opinions about different companies on the Internet. The good movers are usually highly rated. ---- You can ask friends, family and co-employees if they can recommend any company. Search online for reviews, or the Better Business Bureau for records of complaints or praises.
Q
When is the time to contact selected moving companies for estimates?
 
When do I contact my chosen companies for their estimates?
A
If you have decided to move during the summer, contact the movers as early as possible. Company estimators should come six weeks before the date of the move in order to ensure that there will be enough time for the rest of the process. If you have to decide among several estimates, contact the companies even earlier. Make your final choice of mover at least four weeks before the move, plan your packing, loading and unloading days and any special requirements. If you are moving during the low season, the time needed is quite shorter. ---- As soon as you have shortlisted them and as early as you can. Estimators normally visit the house about six weeks before the date to give ample time for the process. If you are still to compare estimates, contact them much earlier, but make your choice in four weeks before the move dates. Then plan the packing and disposal of unneeded items, and schedule the necessary extra services. If you are moving during the ‘off’ season, the timeframe may be shortened a little.
Q
How to prepare for the moving day?
 
How and what must I prepare for the relocation day?
A
You should discuss with your mover and determine one or several days in a row during which your belongings will be loaded. The number of days depends on the size of the shipment and the time of the year. If you are moving in high season, you should be flexible and allow some extra days for loading your goods. This will give a better chance to the mover to manage your move the proper way. At least 24 hours before the exact time of the arrival of the truck, you will be contacted by the driver or by the moving company representative. If any changes have occurred like street closings due to construction work or lift repair that could harden the mover work, inform the moving company. Prepare your home for the loading crew. Clear the walkways from any obstacles that may obstruct the movers. Take doors off the hinges if you have are large pieces of furniture. Prepare water or soda for the driver and the crew, especially if you are moving during a hot summer. This will be highly appreciated, although they will come prepared. The crew will prepare the house with runners, door jamb protectors and railing protectors to ensure a smooth loading process. ---- First you should decide with your coordinator the days of loading, more probably five consecutive days, depending on the size of shipment. As soon as the company informs you of the moving crew’s arrival day and time, prepare the driveway or walkways by shoveling snow off it, or clearing them of any obstructions, and take doors off their hinges if some large furniture pieces must be brought out. The crew will appreciate it very much if you can make ready some soda or water and some food for the crew if the day is hot. Scout the neighborhood for any changes like closed streets or ongoing construction and inform the company right away of such events. Last, ready the boxes you packed and place them in the sala where they may be easily found but will not obstruct the worker’s comings and goings.
Q
How do I choose a reputable mover?
 
What are the ways of choosing a reputable mover?
A
Choosing a reputable mover can be difficult at times, especially given the wide array of choices out there. But regardless of what type of business, there are a few things to consider. First, if a company’s prices seem to be too good to be true, they probably are. The reality is that any legitimate moving business has to pay for a license, insurance, taxes, employee benefits, and much more. Many moving companies will also make low estimates on hours, miles, and fuel costs, only to surprise you with extra charges after the move is complete. It’s important to consider this when choosing a company solely by their price. Word of mouth is still a powerful tool in business. Ask your friends and family what company they used for their most recent move. Also check your California movers’ reputations with the Better Business Bureau and the California Public Utilities Commission. Both organizations maintain a database of complaints made by customers, making it a great tool. Keep in mind that the more work a business does, the more complaints they’re going to have. You’re most interested in a company that has a low ratio of complaints to the hours of work actually performed. ---- First, check the phone directory for the names of the companies and note them down. Next, ask your friends, colleagues and family if the know of any. Third, check with the moving associations in your area for the status of the companies you listed, online for reviews, and the Better Business Bureau for any complaints filed with them. In California ask the California Public Utilities Commission for their recommendations. Shortlist the companies as you go along until finally you can select the one with the lowest number of complaints against most moves done.
Q
Is a moving company licensed?
 
Do moving companies need to be licensed?
A
All moving companies require to be "registered" and have operating permits for the province, State or Country they are operating in. ---- All moving companies must be registered with the appropriate regulating agencies and have permits to work in the province, state or country they operate in.
Q
How do I know Sterling Van Lines is a dependable company?
 
How can I be sure Sterling Van Lines is a professional moving company?
A
Sterling Van Lines is a member of the American Moving and Storage Association's list of Certified Movers with over 10,000 moves of similar nature. We are also a member of the California Moving and Storage Association. These organizations allow membership only to trustworthy moving companies with a track record of good and ethical customer service. The largest percentage of our customers is from referrals and repeat business. Read some of our client feedback, or call the California Public Utilities Commission at 1 800 366-4782 (our license number is Cal P.U.C. .T 189566). ---- Sterling Van Lines belong to American Moving and Storage Association’s roster of Certified Movers that have made over 10,000 moves, as well as a California Moving and Storage Association member. These two organizations accept only companies with experience, are ethical and deliver quality customer service. You can check our reviews and client feedback at our website, or verify our status with the California Public utilities Commission at 1 800 366-4782 (our license number is Cal P.U.C. .T 189566).
Q
When is the best time to move?
 
When would you advise as the best time for relocating?
A
The busiest times for moving companies are during the summer months, May 15 - September 15. At the end of these months, the volume of shipments is extremely heavy. This is the case for all professional moving companies. Take the following factors into consideration when deciding on the best time for you to move. If you have some flexibility in your schedule, provide the moving company with a five day window for loading your shipment. This will allow the individuals who schedule the drivers and crew members greater flexibility when scheduling your move. Keep in mind that yours is most likely not the only shipment on the truck, so if possible, be flexible with your destination timeframe as well. ---- The busy season for movers is from mid-May to mid-September, the summer months when the schools are out and weather is predictably good. The ends and days of any month, and during the year-end holidays as also busy days for moving companies. Unless you have scheduled your move long before, it would be difficult to get service within this period. So if you are a bit flexible, give the company a few days allowance to pick up and deliver your shipment. Otherwise, avoid the peak months and days completely for your move.
Q
How do I select which moving companies to provide me with a moving estimate?
 
How can I choose the company to hire for my move?
A
Ask your neighbors, friends, coworkers and family members if they can make recommendations. Investigate each of the movers you select with the Better Business Bureau. Good service is the best measure of a good mover! ---- Inquire from your neighbors, friends, and coworkers for any recommendation. Check them with the Better Business Bureau in your area, online for reviews and local moving associations for feedbacks. Quality service is always known.
Q
How soon should I call a moving company?
 
How early must I inform the moving company of my plan to move?
A
The earlier you call the better. The more lead time you can give, the more likely we will be able to meet your preferred pick-up and delivery schedule and be ready to address all you moving needs. ---- The sooner the better it will be for you and the company. Longer time means better preparation in scheduling your move as well as address your requirements.
Q
Will there be any "unexpected" charges?
 
Are ‘unexpected’ charges usual in moving?
A
Generally, unexpected costs result from a breakdown in communication between the customer and our moving company. When we visit your location to discuss the move be sure to tell us if you have you remodeled your house se you moved in. Some of the furniture that went in originally may not come out the same way. Please tell us if you purchased any furniture that had to be assembled in your home because it may have to be taken apart before the move. And of course, if something was craned or hoisted into your home when you moved in, be certain to mention that as well. ---- ‘Unexpected’ charges usually result from miscommunication between the client and the company. During the in-house visit, be sure to inform the estimator of anything of importance like renovations made in the house so the furniture brought in may not come out, you have knock-down furniture that must be disassembled prior to moving, and similar things not in evidence during the visit. Also any late addition to the list or items or services made during the visit may change the total costs payable at destination.
Q
How do you handle moves with unexpected or additional stops?
 
What if there were additional or unscheduled stops?
A
Multiple drop-offs is a very common circumstance of many moves that we do. During a local move there are no additional charges other than the actual time the move takes. We would appreciate knowing about such stops BEFORE we pack the truck so we will have the articles that are being dropped off placed by the doors ready to off load first. ---- Dropping off a few items at a time in several stops along the way is rather common in moving. For a local move, you will be charged only the actual time of shipment. It will be god if we are informed beforehand of the stops and items to drop off, so we could place them near the doors for easy and quick offloading.
Q
How do I choose a truck rental company?
 
What methods are used to select which rental truck company to hire?
A
For a one way move you're usually better off choosing the largest truck you can afford to assure all of your home furnishings and personal belongings will fit into the truck in a single load and can be transported in a single trip. Most national moving truck rental firms have large vehicles around 24-26 feet long which are capable of carrying the contents of an entire home and can even tow your car behind them. ---- Select them the same way you select moving companies: ask around for recommendations, check with the Better Business Bureau, any local or national moving associations and their reviews online.
Q
How do I select which moving companies will provide me with a moving estimate?
 
How should I choose the moving company to request estimates from?
A
Ask your neighbors, friends, coworkers and family members if they can make recommendations. Investigate each of the movers you select with the Better Business Bureau. Good service is the best measure of a good mover! ---- Inquire from friends, relatives, neighbors and anyone you knew who moved recently if they can recommend any. Check each company with the Better Business Bureau for legitimacy, and online reviews for performance. Shortlist them and request estimates from the top three companies.
Q
When should I begin contacting moving companies for estimates?
 
Hoe soon must I request for estimates?
A
Try to provide the moving companies with as much notice as possible, especially if you are moving during the busy season as noted above. Six weeks from the actual move date is not too early for estimators to come into your home to complete what they refer to as a "visual survey of your household goods shipment." Add even more time to make a decision if you are obligated by your employer to submit estimates for approval. Try to decide which mover you will use four weeks from your actual load day. Call the mover to confirm your booking and schedule your packing, loading and delivery dates. This timeframe can be shortened in the off peak season which is September 15 through May 15. ---- As soon as you decided you are moving and when. A long advance notice is preferable to allow the company to work out your schedule on your preferred dates. At least four week prior notice, but six weeks is not too long, especially if it is your office that will fund your move. At least decide which mover to use four weeks in advance of the date. Call the company to confirm the estimate, dates and services needed for the move. The time frames may be a bit shorter if you move in the ‘off’ season, mid-September to mid-May.
Q
How Are Moving/Relocating Prices Charged?
 
How is a moving cost computed?
A
Moving Companies will give a quote based on what you tell them you have or if they go out to your place for a physical walk through estimate. Usually local movers charge by the hour. Long distance moving is charged by distance and how much the shipment weighs. ---- Local moves are computed by the hour of travel and service and longer distance moves by the weight of shipment and distance travelled, plus services rendered like packing.
Q
What is a full service moving company?
 
How is a ‘full-service moving company’ defined?
A
Full service local moving is a great choice if you can afford it. This is when you hire a local mover in your area to not only do all the moving, but also to pack all of the boxes. For larger local moves, the moving company will often pack all of the boxes one day, then return and do the moving the next day. ---- A full-service company is one that can perform all the tasks and services involved in moving, from estimation of the shipment through packing, appliance preparation services, furniture disassembly/assembly, loading/unloading, and other ancillary services.
Q
Can someone have their things moved to a storage unit?
 
Is moving the goods to storage also possible?
A
Most moving companies will relocate your belongings to a storage unit. Storage units do count as physical locations. Some moving companies also offer storage services. If you are willing to pay extra for a moving company storage they will store your goods wrapped in pads and protected where as self service storage you have to wrap and provide your own protection. Just ask the moving company you are using all your questions and I’m sure they will be happy to provide information. ---- Yes, since storage count also as physical location and point of destination. Some companies even have storage in their own warehouses. For additional fees they will store your goods in protective wraps to ward off temperature damage.
Q
May be a moving company "DOT certified?"
 
Should a moving company be ‘DOT certified’?
A
The US Department of Transportation (DOT) issues certificate of authority to any or all professional moving firms by the Federal Government to maneuver household merchandise amongst any of the fifty states. ---- A legitimate moving company should have a Certificate of Authority from the US Department of Transportation (DOT) to move goods among the 50 states. The certificate is equivalent to DOT ‘licensing’ or ‘certification’.
Q
Why is box strength important?
 
Of what benefit is a strong carton or box?
A
Moving boxes come in all sizes, shapes, densities and strengths. The stronger the box, the greater protection it provides for all your valuable, personal items. Professional movers use moving boxes that are at least 32 ECT (or 200lb test) in strength. These numbers are standard in the moving box industry. Weaker boxes don’t provide adequate protection and crush under a fairly insignificant weight load. BEWARE of retailers that sell much weaker (by 45%) 150lb test moving boxes and call them “moving boxes”. These boxes should not be used for moving and were actually designed for light-weight usage. ---- A strong box or carton has the rigidity to protect its contents from sideward pressure or impact, as well as to prevent collapse of the walls from top loads when stacked. The correct Edge Crush Test (ECT) of moving boxes is 32 or 200lb test. Less than that and the box may collapse under heavy pressure, damaging the items inside if not totally demolishing them. Check online for the right weight-to-ECT and box type ratio to help you in packing your goods.
Q
How do I know how strong my box is?
 
How will I know the strength of my moving box?
A
If you look on the bottom flap of the moving box, there will be a seal printed by the manufacturer certifying the box’s strength. 200lb test weight or 32 ECT is the industry standard for moving boxes. Larger boxes like wardrobe and kitchen boxes should be even stronger yet. ---- There must be a seal in the box, probably under the bottom flap, that certifies the strength. The standard is 200 psi bursting strength and 32 Edge Crush Test (ECT) strength.
Q
Is size of box important?
 
Does box size matter?
A
Yes, size matters, but only in the sense of manageability. Many moving companies sell large moving boxes that are intended for use by large men and professional movers. Based on client demand, we offer boxes that are slightly smaller and much more manageable. Most of our customers are self-movers and get along better with the slightly smaller boxes. Size is important, but also keep in mind how you pack the box is just as important. The number one cause of damage during a move is a box that is not packed correctly. Empty space in a box creates room for movement and problems. ---- Yes, it does, particularly in the matter of portability. Larger boxes are heavier, and only bigger men can tote them, but self-moving people seldom can. More important is how a box is packed. Any empty space within the box will allow the contents to move, promoting damage.
Q
Are your boxes high quality?
 
Do you use only high-quality boxes?
A
Yes! Our boxes actually test over the 200lb test industry standard and are more than tough enough even for shipping! The kitchen and wardrobe boxes that we offer are twice that of the industry standard in strength. ---- Absolutely! Our boxes are rated higher than the 200 psi test standard and may even be used for shipping (as differentiated from just moving). We use even higher test boxes for packing wardrobe and kitchen articles.
Q
What should I do with last-minute kitchen items?
 
What about the kitchen items?
A
If you are hiring movers, you probably don't want to pay them to wash up dishes. Decide up front with your sales person if you or the movers will be packing your kitchen. Based on the agreement you have arranged, either have your kitchen packed before their arrival, or have items neatly stored in cabinets if the crew is packing for you. This may necessitate eating off paper plates or dining out for the final few days leading up to your move. ---- Discuss with your sales agent what you can do with them, either pack them up completely before the moving crew arrives, or have them pack the items for you on moving day. For option one you may have to eat out or off disposable plates up to moving time; and for the second, you must have the kitchen articles stored in their cabinets.
Q
Hοw ԁο I сһοοѕе a truck rental company?
 
What are the usual methods of choosing a truck rental company?
A
Fοr a one way mονе уου’re usually better οff choosing tһе Ɩаrɡеѕt truck уου саח afford tο assure аƖƖ οf уουr home furnishings аחԁ personal belongings wіƖƖ fit іחtο tһе truck іח a single load аחԁ саח bе transported іח a single trip. Mοѕt national moving truck rental firms һаνе large vehicles around 24-26 feet long wһісһ аrе capable οf carrying tһе contents οf аח entire home аחԁ саח even tow уουr car behind tһеm. ---- Same method for choosing a moving company: ask your friends, colleagues and family for recommendations, check these with the better Business Bureau for legitimacy, and online for reviews. Shortlist the companies and contact the top three for estimates or offer of services.
Q
How can I minimize the problems in moving?
 
How do I make smooth the moving process?
A
Right after you have scheduled your move, start taking care of the following items. •Decide which items you are leaving behind for the new owners, and tag them. •If your move is job-related, ask whether your employer will reimburse you for part of the cost. •Save any receipts relating to the move, since part of the cost will be deductible. •Start shopping for a new bank in your new neighborhood. •Get a change of address kit from the post office, and start notifying everyone of your impending change. Note that you will need to follow the directions given by credit card companies, banks, and others to effect a change of address-sending them a change-of-address card will generally not be effective. •Call the schools in the new area to enroll your children. •Get copies of your medical and dental records (and veterinary records). Be sure your move is covered by insurance-either the moving company's insurance, or your homeowner's insurance. Also, take care of transferring your homeowner's insurance to the new home. ---- After you have finalized your moving contract with the company: • Separate the items you are leaving behind and tag them • Ask your employer if you will be reimbursed for any expense if the move is job-related • Save all the receipts for your purchases for your move • Check the banks in your new location for the best service • With a change-of-address kit from the post office, notify everyone you know of your relocation and new address • Inform the credit card company, your bank, gas company, local utilities and others by following their change-of-address process and filling up the needed forms • Inquire of the schools in the new location as to how to enroll your kids • Secure copies of your dental, medical, veterinary (for the pets) and other important records for reference later. • Make sure your move is insured, by the moving company’s, your own homeowner’s policy or an additional purchased for moving. • Inform the insurance company of the change of address. • Ready the house you will vacate for f the moving crew before they arrive. • Transfer your pets from the big cages to smaller ones prior to moving and pack their feeds and water. • Arrange separate transportation for you and for your pets and plants.
Q
Whom should I notify of a new address?
 
Which agencies, people, or firms should I inform of my relocation?
A
Here is a list of people you should notify when you change your address and phone number. Although the list is not all-inclusive, it can be used as a starting point. •The IRS-use Form 8822-and state and local taxing authorities •The U.S. Post Office •Insurance agents-home, auto, and life •Debtors and creditors-mortgage holders, car lien holders, other lenders •Credit card companies •Publications •Clubs and services to which you subscribe •The Social Security Administration •Any organization that periodically mails you a check •Banks •Employers •Doctors, dentists, veterinarians •Motor vehicle departments •Places of worship and non-profit agencies you are involved with •The registrar of voters •Utilities, telephone service, answering service, and trash collectors •Your CPA, your attorney, and your broker ---- You should inform all who know your present address aside from friends and relatives. The following are included: •The IRS-use Form 8822-and state and local taxing authorities •The U.S. Post Office •Insurance agents-home, auto, and life •Debtors and creditors-mortgage holders, car lien holders, other lenders •Credit card companies •Publications •Clubs and services to which you subscribe •The Social Security Administration •Any organization that periodically mails you a check •Banks •Employers •Doctors, dentists, veterinarians •Motor vehicle departments •Places of worship and non-profit agencies you are involved with •The registrar of voters •Utilities, telephone service, answering service, and trash collectors •Your CPA, your attorney, and your broker
Q
Do I have to be present for all phases of the move process?
 
Must I attend every step of the moving process?
A
Yes, because you are the most important participant in the move. You will need to be present during all phases of the move - the pre-move survey, packing, loading, and unloading - to assure that all items which you intend to transport are surveyed, packed, loaded, and delivered. You will need to do a final walk-through at both origin and destination in order to: Make sure everything has been loaded (origin) Make sure there is no damage to the residence. (origin & destination) Perform the inventory check-off, which ensures that all items are delivered. If there is damage, exceptions MUST be noted on the paperwork prior to the driver's or packing crew's departure, or the claim will be denied. You will need to sign all paperwork at both origin and destination. ---- Yes because your decision or advice will be needed should any problem or question occur, and to see that everything is handled the way it should be. You are expected to, for example, ascertain that all articles for shipment are loaded and properly; the residences (present and new) sustained no damage from the moving activity; sign the inventory of items shipped; note damages in the exemption inventory, if any; deliver payment at destination, and file claims if any.
Q
What information do you need to schedule my shipment?
 
What information are needed so my move may be scheduled?
A
Your address (including zip code), phone numbers, and destination city and state are the primary items needed to get the moving process in motion. Other information, such as additional stops and unusual items to be shipped (cars, boats, tractors, etc.), also must be provided at this time. ---- We will need your present and new addresses, contact and mobile numbers, and probable size of shipment to begin the scheduling process. Any additional information such as stops along the route, other items for shipping like cars and boats, may be requested before the estimate is given.
Q
Who can I file a complaint with if I have any problem with a moving service?
 
If I have a complaint against my mover, to whom should I lodge the complaint?
A
If you have a complaint against a mover who is a member of AMSA (American Moving and Storage Association) you can visit their site at www.moving.org for help with filing a complaint, and if you have a complaint against a mover (state to state, or long distance moving) who is not a member of AMSA, call the U.S. Department of Transportation (D.O.T) 1-888-368-7238, or write to the Federal Motor Carriers Safety Administration office of consumer affair, room # 600 at 400 Virginia Ave. SW Washington D.C. 20024, and for local in state move, call your state Public Utilities Commission office. ---- If your complaint is against a mover who is a member of the AMSA (American Moving and Storage Association), you can query for assistance via their website www.moving.org. if the mover is not a AMSA member, go direct to the U.S. Department of Transportation (D.O.T) 1-888-368-7238, or write to the Federal Motor Carriers Safety Administration office of consumer affair, room # 600 at 400 Virginia Ave. SW Washington D.C. 20024. Complaints for a local move may be filed with the state’s Public Utilities Commission.
Q
What’s a good question to ask any mover I call for service?
 
In querying for service, what might be the best question to ask?
A
Simply ask them, can I get a written (fax, email, mail) guaranteed price quote that would not change on move day, this could be difficult for some movers (if they charge hourly or by weight), biased on your moving conditions, and or inventory (the amount of items or item you are moving) if you can get a written guaranteed price from them and it suits you, these are movers you may want to consider using. Ps. Make sure you understand your contract/ agreement before signing it. ---- You can ask if you can get a truly binding estimate that will not be altered on moving day. Most companies will have difficulty giving guaranteed cost estimates whether the move is local or long-distance, or based on the moving conditions or shipment weight. Consider these movers seriously, but be sure you understand the contract before you sign it.
Q
Is there a difference between a delivery service and a moving service?
 
How does ‘delivery service’ differ from ‘moving service’?
A
Yes, there is a difference. Delivery services usually don’t perform as much services as movers do, some may just deliver the merchandise to your front door, yard, garage, or maybe just inside you house/apartment door, delivery services from stores are usually cheaper than movers. You may still have to call movers to set up or move your furniture/ appliances within your place. Whereas movers (not all) should set up and place any items they move, be sure to confirm this when you book or set up your move or delivery, know what kind of service you would be getting. Whenever you are buying large furniture or appliances you should always check, and try to determine if it will fit through, door, corridors, stairways, tight corners, and especially in elevators, before purchasing it. No fit appliances/ furniture happens quite often and it can ruin your day and may cost you another delivery or moving fee. ---- The main difference lies in the extent of services each renders. ‘Delivery services’ simply delivers the merchandise to the address, perhaps at the front door, garage or even just within the house. As such they charge cheaper than moving service companies. ‘Moving services’ include all the activities related to a move from estimating the shipment through packing and transporting, loading/unloading and unpacking. The services may also include preparing the appliances for transport, and making separate arrangements for shipping pets, plants, firearms, and similar items.
Q
How can I show my appreciation for a job well done by my moving company?
 
What can I do to appreciate the moving crew for a job well-done?
A
Write a letter to the company president, specifically praising those people who did a good job, from the beginning of the process to the end. Your taking the time to send a letter will be greatly appreciated! And don't forget to tell your friends and your realtor - they, too, may have need of the mover's service. ---- You can send a commendatory letter to the company president, citing what the crew has done excellently, and naming them specifically. Also, write a good review of the moving job and the people in the website, and tell your friends and people around you about it. Word of mouth is still the best advertising and promotion of any service. The crew will appreciate it very much.

Moving Companies

P J Moving
1051 Eagle Mountain Dr, Big Bear City...
Fuentes Moving
1724 SW 10th St, Miami, FL 33135
Affordable Moving Services
38 Forest Dr, Arden, NC 28704
Local Move Inc
7099 Huntley Rd # 107, Columbus, OH 4...
Viking Moving Svc Inc
6060 Sands Way # A, Anacortes, WA 982...

Moving TIPS - Moving Guide

Star
Pack and Load Your Truck Rental like a Professional By FMQ Staff Writers 2011-01-06
If you're opting to rent a moving truck for your relocation, there are more things you'll have to take into account outside the driving you'll be doing. One of the major benefits of hiring a full service moving company as opposed to a moving truck rental is the professional packing you'll be paying for in addition to the transportation. This is something you can definitely do yourself though; all it requires is time and attention to detail. Some of y... Read More

Most Reviewed Moving Companies

Budget Truck Rental 5.0000 I rented a minivan from a national rental car company, and proceeded to get raked (I'd like to used another term that sounds similar) with the rates they...
Budget Truck Rental Foster City, CA 94404
I rented a minivan fro... provided by: Yelp
I rented a minivan from a national rental car company, and proceeded to get raked (I'd like to used another term th...Read More
Posted by Florence A. on Apr 1 2010
Budget Truck Rental 5.0000 I was looking for alternatives after reading the horrible U-Haul reviews. Budget delivered with a reasonably-priced rental and fast, friendly service. I...
Budget Truck Rental Mountain View, CA 94043
I was looking for alte... provided by: Yelp
I was looking for alternatives after reading the horrible U-Haul reviews. Budget delivered with a reasonably-price...Read More
Posted by Derrick L. on Dec 30 2009
Budget Truck Rental 4.0000 This review is for Oneill Rentals in Oakland. The rental was for burning man and not for a move. The playa takes a toll on trucks going to the playa and...
Budget Truck Rental Pinole, CA 94564
This review is for One... provided by: Yelp
This review is for Oneill Rentals in Oakland. The rental was for burning man and not for a move. The playa takes ...Read More
Posted by Dustin M. on Aug 18 2009

Free Moving Quote - Unbiased Moving Companies Reviews

Moving Quotes - Get Multiple Quotes and Choose The Best Moving Company

Moving is a challenging process. The search for the best value, the best mover, the logistics of moving is just way too much for anyone to handle by themselves that trigger all kinds of emotional turmoil. Moving Quotes saves your money. Moving quotes enables you to see how much money is needed for your relocation. This will constitute as the major chunk of your moving budget. Perhaps the most critical consideration factor, pricing will be the biggest factors that can change your decision. Everyone requires services at the lowest possible price. That is why Free Moving Quotes provides the most comprehensive way to compare quotes – through its moving quotes feature. Simply fill in information about your requirements and compare quotes to get the best value for money. Once you have filled in the required information, one of our experts will get back to you for discussing the essential elements about moving to help you make an informed decision. Decisions like will you require storage, how many resources you need to get the things done efficiently. Free Moving Quotes has all your moving services needs covered. Simply fill in as much details as possible and leave the rest to us. Fill in the moving quotes form today to receive free quotes or call us for all your moving needs!

Moving Pods - Get Value For Money For Your Moving Needs

Moving pods are promptly becoming the preferred choice for relocation primarily because they offer a better value for money than the rigor involved in a full moving service. This service is flexible in terms of the timeline, requirements, security, and affordability. Packing is also a less pain while choosing moving pods. Whether you require additional space outside your full moving service or wish to organize the whole relocation process on your own, moving pods will make your entire process convenient. To start saving on your moving pods rental, Free Moving Quotes can help you get moving quotes from leading moving pods providers. We have a long standing relationship with the top companies to ensure that you get top notch services. Once you have ascertained factors such as the length, dates and features required for your move, you can get free quotes to identify the best value from reliable providers. Fill in the moving quotes form today to receive free quotes or call us for all your moving needs!

Cities

FreemovingQuote is your one-stop resource for all moving needs. As your unbiased moving review and moving resource site- we connect you with all moving companies and get your the lowest moving quotes! you will find the lowest prices from a variety of reputed moving companies all over the US. You can Trust us on your next local or long distance moving.